(Public Pack)Agenda Document for Cabinet, 21/04/2015 14:00
LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST CABINET DAY/DATE/TIME VENUE: Tuesday, 21 April 2015 2.00 pm COUNCIL CHAMBER - WALTHAM FOREST TOWN HALL CONTACT: TEL./E-MAIL: Debra Marlow, Acting Democratic Services Team Leader Democratic Services @LBWFDemocracy 020 8496 4211 [email protected] Forest Road, E17 4JF Dear Member, This is formal notice advising you of the above meeting. The Agenda is set out below. Supplementary Items will be added only if the Chair considers them urgent. Martin Esom CHIEF EXECUTIVE MEMBERSHIP: Chair: Councillor Chris Robbins (Council Leader) Councillors: Councillor Clyde Loakes Deputy Leader Councillor Liaquat Ali MBE JP Portfolio Lead Member for Community Safety and Cohesion Councillor Angie Bean Portfolio Lead Member for Adult Services Councillor Clare Coghill Portfolio Lead Member for Economic Growth and High Streets Councillor Ahsan Khan Portfolio Lead Member for Health and Wellbeing Councillor Khevyn Limbajee Portfolio Lead Member for Housing Councillor Mark Rusling Portfolio Lead Member for Children and Young People Councillors and officers: if you are reading this on your tablet or laptop, the Council has saved £11.20 on printing. Speak to Democratic Services to learn more (contact details above). i The following councillors have been appointed by the Council to assist Cabinet in proposing, formulating and advising upon Council policy under the guidance of the appropriate PortfolioHolder. These councillors are not Members of the Cabinet and do not have any voting rights nor decision-making powers: Councillor Naheed Asghar Junior Lead Member Councillor Sharon Waldron Junior Lead Member ii Waltham Forest Council and Committee Meetings All Council/Committee Meetings are held in public unless the business is exempt in accordance with the requirements of the Local Government Act 1972. Most meetings are held at Waltham Forest Town Hall which is an accessible venue located in Forest Road E17 between Waltham Forest Magistrates Court and Waltham Forest College. The nearest underground and railway station is Walthamstow Central which is approximately 15 minutes’ walk away from the Town Hall. Buses on routes 275 and 123 stop outside the building. There is ample parking accommodation for visitors for meetings held at Waltham Forest Town Hall including parking bays for people with disabilities. From 3 January 2012 the Town Hall Complex site became a Permit/Pay and Display facility. The following parking charges now apply between 8.30 am and 5.00 pm weekdays: 1 hour: £1.30 2 hours: £2.60 3 hours: £3.80 4 hours: £5.10 24 hours: £6.50 There is a ramped access to the building for wheelchair users and people with mobility disabilities. The Council Chamber and Committee Rooms are accessible by lift and are located on the first floor of Waltham Forest Town Hall. Induction loop facilities are available in most Meeting Rooms. Electronic copies of agendas, reports and minutes are available on the Council’s website. The link is http://democracy.walthamforest.gov.uk/ Contact officers listed on the agenda will be able to provide further information about the meeting and deal with any requests for special facilities. Contact details for report authors are shown on individual reports. Report authors should be contacted prior to the meeting if further information on specific reports is needed of if background documents are required. iii Reporting on Proceedings at Meetings The Council is legally required to allow any person to film, record or report upon the meeting (including live recording). We ask that people filming the meeting to focus on the committee but it is possible that as a member of the public you may be filmed or recorded. The Council does not control or process any personal data recorded by a member of the public or press. If you would prefer not to be filmed, we recommend you sit in the Upper Gallery where there is less chance of being filmed. The Mayor or Chair of the meeting has the discretion to halt any reporting if, in his/her view, this is causing a general disturbance, for example through excessive use of flash photography or intrusive camera equipment, or by the person reporting moving about the meeting room. In such cases attendees may continue to observe the meeting, but not to report on it. If the meeting votes to exclude the press and public during consideration of exempt or confidential material then, in conjunction with this, all rights to report on the meeting are removed. Anyone recording a meeting is asked to focus only on those actively participating, and is requested not to put undue restrictions on the material produced so that it can be reused and edited by other local people and organisations on a non-commercial basis. If you have any questions please contact Democratic Services on 020 8496 3000 or at [email protected]. Members of the press are asked to contact the Communications Team on the above number or at [email protected], particularly if you expect to use large equipment (including lighting). Full details of the Council’s Protocol on the Reporting on Proceedings at Meetings by the Press and Public are available on the Council’s website at http://bit.ly/11gxSfT. iv Disclosable Pecuniary Interests (DPI) are prescribed by the Relevant Authorities (Disclosable Pecuniary Interests) Regulations 2012 as follows: Interest Description Employment, office, trade, profession or vocation Any employment, office, trade, profession or vocation carried on for profit or gain. Sponsorship Any payment or provision of any other financial benefit (other than from the relevant authority) made or provided within the relevant period in respect of any expenses incurred by a member in carrying out duties as a member, or towards your election expenses. This includes any payment or financial benefit from a trade union within the meaning of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992 Contracts Any contract which is made between the relevant person (or a body in which the relevant person has a beneficial interest) and the relevant authority— (a) under which goods or services are to be provided or works are to be executed; and (b) which has not been fully discharged. Land Any beneficial interest in land which is within the area of the relevant authority. Licences Any licence (alone or jointly with others) to occupy land in the area of the relevant authority for a month or longer. Corporate tenancies Any tenancy where (to the member’s knowledge)— (a) the landlord is the relevant authority; and (b) the tenant is a body in which the relevant person has a beneficial interest. Securities Any beneficial interest in securities of a body where— (a) that body (to the member’s knowledge) has a place of business or land in the area of the relevant authority; and (b) either— (i) the total nominal value of the securities exceeds £25,000 or one hundredth of the total issued share capital of that body; or (ii) (ii) if the share capital of that body is of more than one class, the total nominal value of the shares of any one class in which the relevant person has a beneficial interest exceeds one hundredth of the total issued share capital of that class. A Member must disclose at meetings as a non-pecuniary interest: • • • • • • Appointments made by the authority to any outside bodies (excluding joint committees with other local authorities); Membership of charities; Membership of trade unions recognised by the authority; Membership of lobbying or campaign groups; Governorships at any educational institution in the borough; Membership of voluntary organisations operating in the borough. v General Dispensation In accordance with s33(2) of the Localism Act, 2011, the Monitoring Officer has granted dispensations to all Councillors until the Annual General Meeting of Council in 2018. The grounds for the dispensations are that: Granting the dispensation is in the interests of persons living in the authority’s area(s33(2)© of the Localism Act 2011) by allowing their elected representatives to participate and vote on the Council’s budget and council tax setting: and It is otherwise appropriate to grant a dispensation (s33(2)(e)) in that the dispensation will allow members to fully represent their constituents in respect of these important matters. vi Monitoring Officer’s guidance on bias and pre-determination The Council often has to make controversial decisions that affect people adversely and this can place individual councillors in a difficult position. They are expected to represent the interests of their constituents and political party and have strong views but it is also a well-established legal principle that councillors who make these decisions must not be biased nor must they have predetermined the outcome of the decision. This is especially so in “quasi-judicial” decisions in planning and licensing committees. This Note seeks to provide guidance on what is legally permissible and when members may participate in decisions. It should be read alongside the Code of Conduct. Predisposition Predisposition is lawful. The law is very clear that members may have strong views on a proposed decision, and indeed may have expressed those views in public, and still participate in a decision. This will include political views and manifesto commitments. The key issue is that the member ensures that their predisposition does not prevent them from consideration of all the other factors that are relevant to a decision, such as committee reports, supporting documents and the views of objectors. In other words, the member retains an “open mind”. Section 25 of the Localism Act 2011 confirms this position by providing that a decision will not be unlawful because of an allegation of bias or pre-determination “just because” a member has done anything that would indicate what view they may take in relation to a matter relevant to a decision. However, if a member has done something more than indicate a view on a decision, this may be unlawful bias or predetermination so it is important that advice is sought where this may be the case. Pre-determination / Bias Pre-determination and bias are unlawful and can make a decision unlawful. Pre-determination means having a “closed mind”. In other words, a member has made his/her mind up on a decision before considering or hearing all the relevant evidence. Bias can also arise from a member’s relationships or interests, as well as their state of mind. The Code of Conduct’s requirement to declare interests and withdraw from meetings prevents most obvious forms of bias, e.g. not deciding your own planning application. However, members may also consider that a “non-pecuniary interest” under the Code also gives rise to a risk of what is called apparent bias. The legal test is: “whether the fair-minded and informed observer, having considered the facts, would conclude that there was a real possibility that the tribunal was biased’. A fair minded observer takes an objective and balanced view of the situation but Members who think that they have a relationship or interest that may raise a possibility of bias, should seek legal advice. This is a complex area and this note should be read as general guidance only. Members who need advice on individual decisions, should contact the Monitoring Officer and / or the legal advisor for their committee. vii AGENDA 1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST Members are required to declare any pecuniary or non-pecuniary interests they or their spouse/partner may have in any matter which is to be considered at this meeting. Interests are defined on the inside cover of this agenda. 3. MINUTES OF CABINET (Pages 9 18) REFERENCES FROM OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE CALL-IN REQUESTS If any. DECISION REPORTS 4. REDEFINING FAMILIES - CHILDREN'S CENTRES (Pages 19 32) 5. ADOPTION OF LOCAL FLOOD RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGY (Pages 33 100) 6. LOCAL GROWTH FUND: PROGRAMME - 2015 - 2017 7. LEARNING DISABILITIES, SUPPORTED LIVING SPOT PURCHASE (Pages 125 FRAMEWORK/ SELECT LIST PERMISSION TO TENDER 156) 8. HEALTHY WEIGHT STRATEGY 2015 - 2020 HOUSING DEVELOPMENT (Pages 101 124) (Pages 157 210) CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR EXEMPT REPORTS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED TO THE PRESS AND PUBLIC Cabinet may pass a resolution to exclude the press and public from the meeting during consideration of the following item(s) in accordance with Section 100 (A) of the Local Government Act 1972 as amended, on the grounds that it/they would involve the likely disclosure of exempt information as defined in the relevant paragraph(s) of Schedule 12A of the Act. 9. AWARD OF A CONTRACT FOR THE ADULT SUBSTANCE MISUSE (Pages 211 SERVICE 242) ix 10. AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR THE PROVISION OF SECURITY AND (Pages 243 SAFETY SYSTEMS REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE, SUPPLY AND 268) INSTALLATION SERVICES FRAMEWORK REPORTS TO COUNCIL PERFORMANCE MONITORING REPORTS 11. MONTHLY FINANCIAL MONITORING REPORT (Pages 269 280) PLEASE NOTE THAT THE AGENDA IS AVAILABLE IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT ON THE COUNCIL’S WEBSITE VIA THE FOLLOWING LINK: http://democracy.walthamforest.gov.uk/ IF YOU REQUIRE A HARD COPY OF ANY OF THE ABOVE REPORTS, please contact Debra Marlow, Acting Democratic Services Team Leader on 020 8496 4211 [email protected] x Agenda Item 3 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST MINUTES OF THE CABINET 17 March 2015 at 2pm PRESENT: Chair: Cabinet Members: Councillor Chris Robbins Council Leader Councillor Clyde Loakes Councillor Liaquat Ali MBE JP Deputy Leader Portfolio Lead Member for Community Safety and Cohesion Portfolio Lead Member for Adult Services Portfolio Lead Member for Economic Growth and High Streets Portfolio Lead Member for Health and Wellbeing Portfolio Lead Member for Housing Portfolio Lead Member for Children and Young People Junior Lead Member Junior Lead Member Councillor Angie Bean Councillor Clare Coghill Councillor Ahsan Khan Councillor Khevyn Limbajee Councillor Mark Rusling Councillor Naheed Asghar Councillor Sharon Waldron (Junior Cabinet Members are appointed by the Leader to assist Cabinet in proposing, formulating and advising upon Council policy under the guidance of the appropriate Portfolio Holder. These Councillors are not Members of the Cabinet and do not have any voting rights nor decision-making powers.) Councillors in Attendance: Councillor Kastriot Berberi Councillor Sally Littlejohn Councillor Gerry Lyons Officers in Attendance: Rhona Cadenhead Assistant Chief Executive Daniel Fenwick Director of Governance Michele Moloney Director of Commissioning and Neighbourhoods John Turnbull Director of Finance Debra Marlow Acting Democratic Services Team Leader Terry Borkett Assistant Director, Financial Planning Martin Esom Chief Executive Page 11 Ken Jones Senior Housing Adviser David Levy Assistant Director, Procurement & Commissioning Una MacCarthy Head of Resident Insight and Performance Darren Newman Head of Strategic Commissioning 1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE Apologies were received from Linzi Roberts-Egan and Althea Loderick. 2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST There were no declarations of interest. 3. MINUTES OF CABINET The minutes of the meeting held on Tuesday 10th February were agreed and signed by the Chair as an accurate record of the same. Cabinet was delighted to receive the good news that £41 million had been received from the Greater London Authority for housing. This will dramatically improve the area from Blackhorse Lane to Leyton and will be an excellent development for the Borough. Cllr Khevyn Limbajee indicated that the Borough will be transformed with at least 2000 new homes of which 600 will be affordable housing. These homes will benefit from the fantastic transport links recognised by the Mayor of London as being some of the best in London. Thanks go to Ascham Homes and Ken Jones for their excellent work and also to Cllr Clare Coghill for the close collaborative working in this regard. Unfortunately, the news from the CQC Report in respect of Whipps cross Hospital was not good. The Inspectors had inspected 8 areas with a finding that 6 were inadequate and 2 needed further improvement. Of major concern was the fact that further improvements had been required through a previous inspection and these improvements had simply not been delivered. The Local Clinical Commissioning Group has been working very hard and has drawn attention to many of the concerns highlighted through the inspection. The Whipps Cross site is in need of a strategic vision given the fact that it predates the NHS (built in 1903) and is simply not fit for purpose. The concern noted by Cabinet is that local people will lose faith in the health provision at Whipps and will seek to be treated elsewhere. The Council will now be acting to turn this situation around with a cross party, rigorous campaign to fight and save the hospital. Cabinet noted the urgent need to reassure the public that current standards will start to improve immediately and that action will start now to drive the recommendations for improvement. Urgent action will be taken to stabilise staffing at Whipps Cross to improve morale. The whole concern needs complete overhaul and redevelopment and this will be the immediate and intensive campaign of the Council. The Chair stressed that this must be the case Page 12 for the good of the residents of Waltham Forest and that action can be delivered immediately in three headings: 1. Immediate action to deliver basic standards of care with work to drive the improvements required in the CQC Report as of now. 2. Immediate action to stabilise staffing at the hospital to ensure that staff are valued and supported on every level. 3. The development of a long term plan to fix the financial situation of Barts Health NHS Trust and to establish a new hospital at Whipps Cross. The full report will be discussed at the meeting of the Health and Wellbeing Board on Thursday, 26th March, 2015 at 12.30pm. 4. FINAL SCHOOL BUDGET SHARES FOR 2015-2016 Councillor Mark Rusling introduced the report to Cabinet detailing the school funding arrangements and the agreed factor rates which were agreed by the Schools Forum in February, 2015. The final formula is complicated. There is a final outturn of £241,473 million taking into account the Dedicated Schools Grant funding for 201516. Cabinet agreed to receive the report. There were no further questions. Cabinet NOTED the individual budget shares and allocations calculated for the maintained schools, academies and private, voluntary and independent (PVI) settings, in line with the local funding factors as set out in the appendices to the report. 5. PUBLIC HOUSES SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING DOCUMENT Councillor Clare Coghill presented the report noting that the consultation document had been to Cabinet previously. This has been a very comprehensive piece of work to ensure the protection of existing Public Houses which are very valuable assets within the community. Cabinet noted the importance of ensuring that businesses wishing to invest and redevelop in the Borough were clear in the need to consult with the Council. Such consultation is crucial to ensure the protection of Public Houses which provide an important mix of use. It was noted that The Antelope PH in Church Road is currently occupied by squatters and this is being investigated. Cabinet: ADOPTED the Public Houses Supplementary Planning Document (as set out in Appendix A to the report) as part of the Council’s Local Plan. DELEGATED any further non-material alterations to the Public Houses Supplementary Planning Document to the Acting Director of Regeneration and Growth in consultation with the Portfolio Lead for Economic Growth and High Streets. Page 13 6. DOMESTIC VIOLENCE SERVICES REQUEST TO TENDER Councillor Ali presented the reports to Cabinet setting out the recommendations to agree the tender exercise to re-commission specialist refuge services to support the victims of domestic abuse in the Borough. The proposed contract period is for 3 years with an option to extend for 2 years which will ensure the safety and wellbeing of families in need. Cabinet: AGREED the tender exercise to re-commission specialist refuge services to support victims of domestic violence and their children and DELEGATED authority for the award of the contract to the Deputy Chief Executive Families. APPROVED the re-focusing of refuge services towards non-culturally specific provision for victims and children who are assessed as high risk. APPROVED the re-commissioning of a specialist refuge service for women at risk of forced marriage. The proposed contract period is three years with an option to extend for two years but is subject to available funding and contracts awarded will have break clauses subject to funding. AGREED the tender exercise to commission services to support victims, children and the perpetrators of domestic violence and DELEGATED authority for the award of the contract to the Deputy Chief Executive, Families. The proposed contract period is three years with an option to extend for two years but is subject to available funding and contracts awarded will have break clauses subject to funding. 7. PROPOSED SCHOOL ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS 2016/17 Councillor Mark Rusling presented the report to Cabinet recommending the approval of the admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled schools in Waltham Forest for 2016-17. There are two main changes with a small number of schools opting out. This involves the addition of a further oversubscription criterion to give priority to children of staff in specific circumstances. Namely where the member of staff has been employed in the school for more than two years at the time the school admission application is made and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. Cabinet APPROVED the admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled schools in Waltham Forest for 2016-2017. Page 14 8. WALTHAMSTOW HIGH STREET FUND PROJECTS Councillor Coghill presented the report to Cabinet setting out the Walthamstow High Street Fund Project and detailing the very successful partnership which has developed with the Greater London Authority and Mayor of London which has brought a funding allocation of £670k to the Borough. This will seek to support the night time economy in Walthamstow town centre expanding on the development of the cinema complex to develop an area of outstanding vibrancy. This will also include the market space area which needs to be revived to cater for a “twilight scene”. Councillor Coghill thanked Lucy Shomali and her team for the excellent work involved in this project. Cabinet: 9. AGREED the Walthamstow High Street Fund Project (value of £1.34m) NOTED that in principle the funding allocation from the GLA of £670,000 towards the project, and AGREED to accept the allocation subject to signing of a grant agreement with the GLA. SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT POLICY Councillor Coghill presented the report of Dave Levy to Cabinet recommending the approval of the refreshed Sustainable Procurement Policy. Councillor Coghill extended her thanks to the officers involved in producing the Policy which will ensure the Council’s commitment towards sustainability in the way it procures goods services and works, particularly, the need to make the best possible use of local contractors. Cabinet: APROVED the refreshed Sustainable Procurement Policy for implementation. 10. HOUSING ALLOCATIONS SCHEME Councillor Limbajee presented the report of Nick Powell to Cabinet introducing the Councils Housing Allocations Scheme which sets out how housing applicants are prioritised for social housing in the Borough. Cllr Limbajee highlighted the fact that London is currently going through a housing crisis with demand far exceeding available housing provision. LBWF have a very ambitious programme to develop 12,000 new homes over the period of five years. Due to the number of people waiting to be housed totalling in the region of 15,000 there is a need for the Council to look again at the allocations procedure. The main changes are contained within the report at paragraphs 3.2.1 to 3.2.6 in bold. This includes an extended residency test of four years rather than two and to award extra priority to applicants who are making a community contribution by working, volunteering, fostering or who were previously in HM Armed Forces or are Page 15 in training that will lead to employment. The rules in relation to sharing have also been amended together with the increased use of “transfer led lettings”. It was acknowledged by the Chair that the criteria with the most impact would be the residency test. There were no further questions. Cabinet: 11. APPROVED the proposed major changes to the Waltham Forest Allocations Scheme as set out in the report. DELEGATED any further minor technical changes to the Allocations Scheme to the Special Housing Adviser in consultation with the Portfolio Lead for Housing (as per Appendix 1). NEW HOMES BONUS FUNDING ALLOCATION FOR REGENERATION PROJECTS Councillor Clare Coghill was delighted to present this report to Cabinet which detailed that the NHB top slice allocation for April 2015 to March 2017 is £1,294,340. This funding is secured for the Borough through a bidding process which is coordinated by London Councils on behalf of the London LEP. There will be significant investment in Highams Park and South Leytonstone to improve the physical environment through shop front and public realm improvements. There will also be a tremendous opportunity to attract new business and development into the Black Horse Lane area. Money will be received to include both a housing and business focus demonstrating a new era for the Borough. Councillor Coghill gave thanks to Lucy Shomali and her team in developing this work. Cabinet: NOTED the overall NHB allocation of £1,294,340 from the London LEP and APPROVED the allocation of this funding to: Improvements to the physical environment of Highams Park through shop front and public realm improvements (£100,000) Improvements to the physical environment of South Leytonstone through shop front and public realm improvements (£500,000) Measures to support residents into work through job brokerage (£514,340) A feasibility analysis into the establishment of a cluster of creative industry work spaces in Blackhorse lane (£80,000), and Management and contingency for the projects (£100,000) 12. DEFERRED PAYMENTS POLICY UPDATE FOR THE CARE ACT 2014 Councillor Angie Bean presented this report to Cabinet which explains the proposed changes to the Deferred Payment Policy brought about by the Care Act 2014 requesting that implementation be from 1st April, 2015. Page 16 This will allow clients who enter residential care to enter into a deferred payment agreement with the Council rather than have to sell their property to cover their fees. It will be possible to defer payments until death with property remaining in client ownership and payments realised at a later date. Cabinet: 13. APPROVED the new Deferred Payment policy AGREED that the Council will charge compound interest on the deferred payment amounts and on administrative charges as set out in the scheme. The interest rate chargeable will be the nationally set maximum interest rates plus 0.15% as permitted under the regulations. This will be updated every six months in line with national publications. DELEGATED authority to the Deputy Chief Executive for Families to amend the scheme in line with changes made by statutory provisions. DELEGATION TO LONDON COUNCILS TRANSPORT AND ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE Councillor Clyde Loakes presented the report to Cabinet setting out the formal delegation of certain functions concerning the Parking on Private Land Appeals Service (POPLA) to the London Council’s Transport and Environment Committee. This clarifies the position in relation to the appeals process. Cabinet: DELEGATED to the London Council’s Transport and Environment Committee (LCTEC) the exercise of section 1 of the Localism Act 2011 for the sole purpose of providing an appeals service for parking on private land for the British Parking Association under contract. AUTHORISED the Director of Governance to take all relevant steps to give effect to the delegation about through a formal variation to the LCTEC Governing Agreement. 14. LEA BRIDGE ROAD STATION - IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT WITH NETWORK RAIL FOR THE MAIN ELEMENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE. Councillor Loakes was very happy to provide a significant update in relation to this project in presenting the report seeking the agreement of Cabinet to enter into a legal agreement with Network Rail to deliver the main construction phase of Lea Bridge Station. There is still a challenge ahead with freight companies using this piece of line but there is optimism that negotiations will be successful. This agreement will ensure that funding is maintained in place rather than having to go through the process again to secure it. Negotiations have been taking place involving Cllr Loakes and the Chief Executive, Martin Esom which have been productive and progress is being made. The estimated cost of the project is £11.652 million. Page 17 Cabinet AGREED to enter into an implementation agreement with Network Rail to deliver works up to 80% of the full value of the contract. 15. MARLOWE ROAD DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT Councillor Limbajee presented the report to Cabinet detailing the proposed Marlowe Road Development, contract award. The Council will be working with Countryside Properties Limited to bring the project forward. The Council will be replacing 150 properties “like for like”. The Equity Transfer scheme will be made available in relation to 40 properties and the Council’s shared ownership scheme will ensure that buyers will get more for their money. There have been issues around Compulsory Purchase and it was proposed that Cabinet delete the recommendation in the report at 2.1.4., which was agreed. Three members of the public attended the meeting concerned about this issue. Maria Moradi from Wood Street Dental Surgery attended with the Practice Manager, Lorraine Sandwell and explained to the Cabinet that she was a local dentist serving the community with 12,000 patients. Her work is ground breaking as she tackles specific work in conjunction with Whipps Cross Hospital to diagnose and treat oral cancer. Her leasehold property is situated at 176 Wood Street and she has liaised with the Freeholder and is very concerned that she will be within the CPO remit. Ms Moradi reported that her patients are scared for the future and do not know where they stand. As a dentist serving the local community the Council needs her services and now Ms Moradi appealed to the Cabinet for them to help her. Councillor Limbajee indicated that Ms Moradi’s property was safe with the agreed amendment to the recommendations. The three freeholders mentioned in paragraph 2.1.4 will not now be a CPO. If they wish to sell then all three must do so any one will be able to veto rendering the property safe. There will be further discussions in relation to these properties. Linda Bracey, Director of Electro Signs Limited, also attended concerned with one of the three properties affected at paragraph 2.1.4. Ms Bracey thanked the Cabinet for clarifying the position and agreeing to exclude the properties. There were no further questions. Cabinet: AGREED that the Council enter into a development agreement together with other associated documentation as detailed in the report with Countryside Properties (UK) Limited as the development partner for the redevelopment of the Marlowe Road Estate. AGREED that the Council will dispose of an interest of part of the development site to CP for the provision of private sales homes with the final terms of such disposal to be DELEGATED to the Assistant Director of Asset Management and Delivery in consultation with the Portfolio Member for Growth and High Streets. Page 18 16. AGREED that the Council enter into a Compulsory Purchase Indemnity Agreement (CPOIA) with Countryside Properties (UK) Limited to enable the Council to proceed ( if necessary) with a compulsory purchase as set out in the Cabinet Report dated 9th July 2013. DELEGATED to the Special Housing Advisor, in consultation with the Portfolio Member for Housing and the Directors of Finance and Governance, the authority to agree the terms of development agreement and other associated documentation in their final form. AGREED that the option of an “Equity Transfer” scheme is made available as set out in paragraph 3.25 and 3.26 of the report to enable some existing leaseholders to remain on the estate. ADVICE SERVICES PROCUREMENT Councillor Coghill presented this report to Cabinet regarding the procurement of information, advocacy and advice services. The new model will ensure that all members of the community are represented and assisted appropriately. Councillor Coghill gave thanks to Una McCarthy and David Levy for organising a very successful event which helped to ensure the obligations under the Care Act 2014 are met. There will be further updates to Cabinet in future months. Cabinet: APPROVED the proposed procurement programme for the provision of Information, Advice and Advocacy Services contract to commence on 1st September, 2015. DELEGATED authority to the Director of Neighbourhoods and Commissioning and the portfolio Lead Member to agree the final specification and equality impact assessment following the outcome of the public consultation. DELEGATED authority to the Chief Executive in consultation with the Director of Neighbourhoods and Commissioning and the Portfolio lead Member to award the contract to the successful supplier. 17. PROCUREMENT OF TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATION Councillor Khevyn Limbajee presented the report to Cabinet detailing the proposed procurement of temporary accommodation from 13th May, 2015. The spend on temporary accommodation totals £19 million. There is a grant in place and this cost is likely to increase. The current framework comes to an end in May this year. A great deal of work has gone into securing the best possible procurement which is a collaborative approach together three other London Boroughs. This is a pilot scheme for one year only which will be monitored and the Council will explore how excellent provision can be made whilst keeping costs down. Cabinet: NOTED an extension of the existing framework agreement for a period of up to 12 months for homeless applicants and those assessed as homeless. Page 19 18. DELEGATED the decision on whether to use a Dynamic Purchasing System to procure temporary accommodation on a pilot basis as set out in 3.12 of the report, to the Specialist Housing Advisor and the Director of Finance in consultation with the Portfolio Holder for Housing. MONTHLY FINANCIAL MONITORING REPORT 2014/15 Cabinet agreed to receive the monthly financial monitoring report. Cabinet: NOTED the revenue financial position at month 10. APPROVED the capital budget changes totalling £10.315 million (reduction) listed in Appendix B to the report. NOTED the capital financial position at month 10. The meeting closed at 2.54pm Chair’s Signature Date Page 20 Agenda Item 4 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date 21st April 2015 Report Title Redefining Families: Children’s Centres Cabinet Portfolio Councillor Mark Rusling, Portfolio Lead Member - Children and Young People Report author/ Contact details Daniel Phelps Wards affected All Public Access Open Appendices [email protected] Appendix A: Map of existing children’s centres Appendix B: Equality Analysis Screening Tool 1. SUMMARY 1.1 This report seeks Cabinet approval to undertake public consultation on the future delivery of children’s centre services in accordance with the requirements set out under section 5D of the Childcare Act 2006, which states that the Council must consult before making any changes to the services provided through existing children’s centres. This consultation will ensure that suitable arrangements are put in place when the current contract and services agreements expire on 31st March, 2016. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 For the reasons set out in this report, Cabinet is requested to: 2.1.1 Agree to undertake a programme of consultation and engagement with service users, staff, current and potential providers, and other stakeholders and partners on the future delivery of children’s centre services following the principles set out in this report 2.1.2 Delegate authority to the Deputy Chief Executive (Families) and in consultation with the Portfolio Holder for Children and Young People to: a. Finalise the future models of service delivery for public consultation; b. Determine the final public consultation process; c. Agree any additional but separate engagement activities; and 1 Page 21 d. To implement the finalised consultation and engagement processes. 2.2 To note the intention to report back to Cabinet in the autumn of 2015 with proposals for a sustainable model for the delivery of children’s centres services. 3. BACKGROUND 3.1 Following significant assessment of local needs, consultation, and approval of proposals by Cabinet in October 2011, the management structure of Waltham Forest’s children’s centres was reorganised from seventeen individual centres to six geographical clusters in July 2012. The six clusters are Chingford, Leyton, Lloyd Park, Walthamstow East, Walthamstow West and Leytonstone. A map of existing provision is included as Appendix A. 3.2 Since 2013 there have been a number of national and local drivers which have impacted on resourcing and priorities for the future of children’s centre services. These include: 4. (a) The Ofsted Framework, which emphasises the essential role of local authorities in ensuring sufficient children’s centres to deliver positive outcomes for families with young children, particularly for families with greater levels of need; (b) The Council’s need to make significant saving across all service areas; (c) The transfer of public health commissioning responsibility for 0-5 year olds from NHS England to local authorities, which will take place on 1st October 2015; (d) The continued requirement for delivery ‘in partnership’ of a ‘core offer’ of early childhood services as stated in the Childcare Act 2006. PROPOSALS 4.1.1 It is proposed that a consultation is held to consider the strengths and opportunities of better aligning provision of the current Early Help and children’s centre services with Health Visiting services, based on an integrated family approach. The aim would be to improve the offer to families, while continuing to maintain our current universal provision for 0-5 year olds. This offer would include easily accessible Early Help and children’s centre based services to support families at risk of poor outcomes. A ‘core offer’ of Early Childhood services 4.2 The proposed consultation would consider the best way for families to continue to receive a ‘core offer’ of early childhood services 4.2.1 Children’s centre services are available at a variety of locations including primary and nursery schools, health centres, council and voluntary sector premises. The ‘core offer’ of Early Childhood services includes assistance to parents or prospective parents for: - early years provision (early education and childcare); an early help offer linked to social services functions universal health visiting services; access and referral to specialist health services 2 Page 22 - training and employment services; information and advice services. 4.2.2 Key principles for the future delivery of children’s centre services include: - 4.3 Partnership working to achieve common aims and objectives to support families with young children to achieve the best start in life; A defined ‘core offer’ of services available to all Waltham Forest Families; Engagement, involvement and participation of partners, staff and parents in service delivery and governance; Evidence-based services which have been proved to achieve good outcomes; - A targeted “early help” offer for those families identified as in need of additional support, based on an early help assessment; - Ensuring high levels of reach and engagement with target groups; - Value for money; measuring the impact of our services across the partnership to ensure that what we do is effective and a good use of resources. Needs Analysis 4.3.1 To ensure that target groups and vulnerable families are identified and supported, it is proposed that the design of future Early Help and children’s centre services will be based on a robust needs assessment. The needs assessment will contain analysis of current and future demand, need for and provision of Early Help services, drivers for change, and areas of hotspots and clustering needs. 5. The Consultation process 5.1 The plans for the proposed consultation process have taken into account: (a) The requirements of section 5D of the Childcare Act 2006; (b) The legal principles underpinning a fair and lawful consultation process including an Equalities Impact Assessment. 5.2 What is the council consulting on? The Council will consult on future service models for the management of children’s centre services. Any future option must effectively address local needs, deliver value for money and be financially sustainable. The consultation document will set out options for future service models, taking into account the key services and principles set out in section 4 of this report. The process will allow respondents to provide the Council with alternative options in addition to those set out in the consultation document. 5.3 Who will be consulted? The Council will consult with service users, who are largely parents with children under 5, as well as with staff, current and potential providers, and other stakeholders and partners. 3 Page 23 5.4 How will we consult? There will be a variety of approaches to ensure that parents and partners are able to contribute to the process including online and hard copy questionnaires, focus groups and workshops. This will include use of the Council’s website, email bulletins to staff and providers, including those who attended the recent market engagement event, and management blogs. 5.5 When will a decision be made? It is currently proposed to report on the outcome of the consultation process to Cabinet in the autumn of 2015. The consultation responses will be collated and analysed and presented to Cabinet with management responses where appropriate. It is intended that this report will also include a recommendation on the future approach to delivering the Council’s children’s centre services. 6. IMPLICATIONS 6.1 Legal 6.2 Under section 5D of the Childcare Act 2006, the Council must consult before making any changes to the services provided through existing children’s centres. The consultation must have regard to the guidance contained in Chapter 2 of the “Sure Start children’s centres statutory guidance” issued by the Department for Education in April 2013. 6.3 In undertaking the consultation, the Council has a duty to factor in the four guiding principles, namely that: - Consultation must be at a time when proposals are at a formative stage; - The proposer must give sufficient reasons for its proposals to allow consultees to understand them and respond to them properly; - Consulters must give sufficient time for responses to be made and considered; and - Responses must be conscientiously taken into account in finalising the decision. 6.4 Financial 6.4.1 The children’s centre budget for 2015-16 is £3.15 million. In September 2014 Cabinet agreed a savings target of £500,000 in 2015-16 and £500,000 in 201617 from Recommissioning children’s centres. The £500,000 saving target for 2015-16 has been achieved by reductions in management and back-office costs in order to avoid reductions in front-line services. One of the objectives of the next phase of Redefining children’s centres will be to secure a further £500,000 saving. 6.5 Equalities and Diversity 6.5.1 An equality analysis screening has been undertaken which has identified potential for some negative impact on those with protected equality characteristics and is attached at Appendix B. This will inform the consultation process and will continue to be updated as part of the development of the children’s centre models. 4 Page 24 6.5.2 Work on a full Equality Analysis is underway which will take account of the findings from the consultation process as it relates to those with protected equality characteristics and will accompany any future report recommending changes to children’s centre services. The consultation methods proposed will ensure that these groups are appropriately represented in the process based on the needs assessment and the recent parents’ survey. 6.6 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 6.6.1 The consultation process will consider how all Waltham Forest families can access the mandated universal elements of the 0-5 Healthy Child Programme. 6.7 Council Infrastructure 6.7.1 No implications have been identified at this stage: these will be confirmed as the future delivery model for children’s centres becomes clearer. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) None 5 Page 25 Appendix A Map of current Children’s Centre provision Page 27 Appendix B GUIDANCE TOOL This Tool assists services in determining whether their plans and decisions will require a full Equalities Analysis. EAs help the Council comply with its duty under s.149 of the Equality Act 2010 to have “due regard” to specified equality matters. They are required in most cases but, in some cases, an EA is not necessary or is only necessary for certain aspects of a decision. Full guidance on the Council’s duties and EAs and the full EA template is available at http://forestnet.lbwf.gov.uk/index/residents-first/equalities/equality-analysis.htm The Council understands that whilst its equalities duty applies to all services, it is going to be more relevant to some decisions than others. We need to be pragmatic and ensure that the detail of Equality Analyses (EAs) are proportionate to the impact of decisions on the equality duty. In some cases a full EA is not necessary and/or the equalities duties do not apply. In other cases, only part of a decision will require an EA to ensure the Council has due regard to its equality duties. The following examples are intended to assist: Where might an EA not be required? In short, wherever a decision has a more than minimal or theoretical adverse or negative impact on those with protected characteristics, for example, if the Council is considering: • Ceasing a service • Reducing a service or reducing it in particular areas, e.g. closing an office in Leyton but not Walthamstow • Changes to the way a service is delivered, e.g. moving to personalisation or moving to online access only • Changes to eligibility criteria, rules or practices for a service • Changes to discretionary fees and charges • Where it can be proven that the decision has no equalities impact– with particular focus on negative impacts on service users and residents • Where it can be proven that the decision has a minimal or theoretical equalities impact (and so does not need to be considered) • Where the decision is mandatory and there is no element of discretion (e.g. to adopt a member’s code of conduct or similar) • In rare cases, where a previous EA exists and a review shows that it is still relevant at the time of the final decision, i.e. the facts have not changed Page 29 Where will a full EA be required? Important: • The EA screening tool should not be used to mask over any equality impacts or as a “get out”. • There can be a negative equality impact even if you think that overall, you are proposing changes that will make services better. If there is an adverse or negative impact, you must complete a full EA. • Negative impacts are often indirect, i.e. a rule that is on its face of universal impact but has greater impact on some groups in practice e.g. due to the ethnic makeup of an area. • In most cases, the screening process requires a degree of collation and analysis of evidence. If this requires a lot of work, consider whether it is actually simpler to omit the screening process and undertake a full EA. • The equality duty continues up to and after the final decision. If proposals or facts change before the final decision, any screening tool will need to be reviewed and evidenced. • Any consultation undertaken should also inform the screening process, e.g. issues raised by those affected. Monitoring should take place after a decision as part of service delivery. • The completed screening template will be attached to Cabinet or other decision making report and so it must include sufficient detail to justify the decision not to carry out a full EA. What to do? The screening process should be used on ALL new proposals, policies, projects, functions, saving proposals, major developments or planning applications, or when revising them, if there is no negative equality impact or there is uncertainty about whether there is a negative equality impact. However, If your proposal is of a significant nature and it is apparent from the outset that a full EA will be required, then you do not need to complete this screening template and can progress directly to a full EA. If a negative/adverse impact has been identified during completion of the screening tool, a full EA MUST be undertaken. If you have not identified any negative/ adverse impacts arising from your proposal you do proposal does not have any negative/adverse impact. If your proposal is going to Cabinet or Committee (e.g. Planning or Licensing) and you are not undertaking a full EA, you must: a. share your report and completed screening tool with Shahid Mallam, Performance & Improvement Team, who will check and challenge your findings and b. use the following wording under the Equality & Diversity paragraph in the Cabinet report: “An initial screening exercise of the equality impact of this decision was undertaken and determined there was no / minimal impact (delete as appropriate) on the Council’s equality duty.” Attach the Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TOOL GUIDANCE not need to undertake a full EA. However, make sure you have explained clearly why the completed template as an appendix to your report. 1. Proposal / Project Title: Redefining Children’s Centres: Phase 2 2. Brief summary of the above: (include main aims, proposed outcomes, recommendations / decisions sought) Cabinet is requested to give approval to a programme of consultation and engagement with service users, staff, current and potential providers, and other stakeholders and partners on the future delivery of children’s centre services. This will be followed by a report back to Cabinet in the autumn of 2015 with proposals for a sustainable model for the delivery of children’s centres services. It is proposed that a consultation is held to consider the strengths and opportunities of better aligning provision of the current Early Help and Children’s Centre services with Health Visiting services. The aim would be to improve the offer to families, while continuing to maintain our current universal provision for 0-5 year olds. This offer would include easily accessible Early Help and Children’s Centre based services to support families at risk of poor outcomes. Page 30 The Health Visiting contract transfers from NHS England to Local Authorities in October 2015, for the six month period to April 2016 with a possibility to extend this for up to a year. Work is currently being undertaken to map current Children's Centre provision against elements of the National Health Visiting Core Service Specification, as a guide to where services could be aligned and/or provided through Children’s Centres. The data used within this Equality Screening tool has been taken from a variety of sources. These include; A Children Needs Analysis published in May 2014, which looked at many of the key indicators and proxies for need across various themes such as deprivation, educational outcomes, health outcomes and disabilities; An Early Help Needs Assessment which is currently being finalised, although the data in the draft version has been used in this assessment; A recent Children’s Centre Parents Survey which was completed in January 2015 with 830 respondents. 3. Considering the equality aims (eliminate unlawful discrimination; advance equality of opportunity; foster good relations) indicate for each protected group whether there may be a positive impact, negative (adverse) impact, or no impact arising from the proposal. 4. Protected 4 Characteristic (Equality Group) . Age ☒ Positive Impact Negative Impact No Impact ☐ x ☐ Briefly explain your answer. Consider evidence, data and any consultation. http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/Pages/Services/Statistics-economic-information-and-analysis.aspx) The age range that Children’s Centres support will be considered as part of the consultation. There is potentially a negative impact if we take an integrated family approach and combine 0- 11 and 0-5 resources. Any move to change or extend the Sure Start Children’s Centre model could be perceived as being negative even if there are no changes to universal services. There are 24,160, 0-5 year olds in Waltham Forest. A recent needs assessment (May 2014) highlighted that by 2020 it is estimated that the population in the Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TEMPLATE borough will increase by over 22,000 people placing services under even greater pressure. Within this, there are significant increases in the 0-5 year old population in the borough with a projected total of 27, 241, 0-5 year olds by 2020. (It should be noted that Children’s Centres currently support children aged 0-4) A recent Children’s Centre Parents Survey was completed by 830 parents, of which 74% of parents had a child in the 0-2 age range. Of the respondents the largest age group (49%) was 34-44 years old, with 40% in the 25-34 age range. If it is agreed after consultation to align Early Help, Children’s Centre and Health Visiting services, the new model will need to state clearly that universal services will remain an essential part of Children’s Centre services. The potential negative impact arises from the potential for taking focus away from 0-4, loss of specialist skills. Disability Page 31 X ☐ ☐ Children who are registered with Children’s Centre who have a disability or SEN Children 0-4 2014/15 is 314 A recent needs assessment, using 2011 census data, shows there are 1,832, 0-15 year olds whose day to day activities are limited a little or a lot by a long-term health problem or disability. This roughly equates to 610, 0-5 year olds over the six clusters. A recent Children’s Centre Parents Survey was completed by 830 parents, of which 8% of respondents stated that their day to day activities are limited a little or a lot by a long-term health problem or disability. The positive impact should come from a focus on disabled and vulnerable families in new model. The current figures would suggest that this is an area of improvement that can be addressed in the new model with clear pathways of referrals from SEND and health visiting colleagues. There will be a need to ensure any changes to universal services do not directly impact on access to Stay and Play sessions for disabled or SEN children, however this is judged to be a realistic objective. Continued funding of Speech and language services is an essential part of the Children’s Centre offer and is priority for funding within the new model. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TEMPLATE Pregnancy and Maternity x ☐ ☐ The transfer of the public health commissioning responsibility for 0-5 year olds from NHS England to local authorities will take place on 1st October 2015. The health visiting contract is due to continue for the six month period to April 2016 with a possibility to extend this for up to a year. The scope of the transfer includes the 0-5 Healthy Child Programme. This is an evidence-based national public health programme, which covers specifically: - Health visiting services (universal and targeted services); - Family Nurse Partnership services (targeted service for first time mothers aged 19 or under). The transfer of the commissioning of Health Visiting services to the Council presents an opportunity to work in partnership, to support an integrated approach to meeting the needs of young children and their families and the delivery of improved outcomes. Page 32 From 830 parent’s responding to recent parents expecting a baby was low at 6% which would suggest a need to improve links with maternity services. The positive impact should come from improved partnership working with health colleagues with a focus on ‘Antenatal health promoting visits’ delivering mandated universal elements of the 0-5 Healthy Child Programme. To support this new activity, it is essential that Children’s Centres receive new birth data in the future. Race ☐ ☐ X (as per current data) At this stage we do not have sufficient data/evidence to anticipate what impact any changes may have on this group but that it will be explored as part of the full EA The equality monitoring for early help needs assessment should be improved as all practitioners become trained on framework (i). Any changes to children’s centre services will need to be closely monitored to review the impact on individual communities due to the diverse nature of the LBWF community. Religion or Belief ☐ ☐ X 751 responses to this question in the parents’ survey, the majority of responses at 44% stated they were Christian, 35% with no religion and 15% Muslim. A number of Children’s Centres undertake targeted work with Muslim groups which are likely to continue with limit and no impact. Sex (Including Gender Re-assignment) X ☐ Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TEMPLATE ☐ Of the children registered with Children’s Centres in January 2015, the proportions of male and female service users were broadly the same at 49% and 51% respectively. A recent Children’s Centre Parents Survey was completed by 830 parents, of which 89% of respondents were female. 2013/14 Children’s Centre data dash board indicates the number of lone parent 2167. There are 63 lone fathers currently registered with Children’s centres. The positive impact should come from a focus supporting lone parents especially lone parent fathers Sexual Orientation ☐ ☐ Marriage and Civil Partnership ☐ ☐ x x N/A N/A Page 33 5. There 5 are no negative/adverse impact(s) If. you have not identified any negative/adverse N/A impacts please briefly explain your answer, providing evidence to support decision. 6. Describe how opportunities to advance equality and foster good relations for any of the protected characteristics has been taken up (where relevant). Age The Council proposes to publicise the consultation, in order to raise awareness and maximise responses from parents of children aged 0-11 years old. Working closely with the communications team, key information and dates will be highlighted through editorial and advertisements within Waltham Forest News and press releases will be issued to local media. Hard copy questionnaire: model options with questionnaires and provide translated versions where appropriate. On line questionnaire: model options with questionnaires and provide translated versions where appropriate. Parents, partners and stakeholders will be given 12 weeks to complete the survey from the date the questionnaires are despatched. Link to websites / parent’s registered on E Start and residential data base An equalities monitoring form will be attached to each questionnaire. An item will be posted on ‘The Hub’ – Waltham Forest’s Education Network Pamphlets providing feedback from the recent Children’s Centre parent’s survey will ask for additional comments from responders. A feature will be published in the Waltham Forest News and on the Council Website. A workshop for partners, staff and stakeholders will take place in April. This will include Statutory agencies, such as Job Centre Plus, Health /third Sector Advisory Boards/ Nursery and Primary School partners Three focus groups will be held, made up from parents who responded to the recent survey Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TEMPLATE Disability This group could be potentially impacted if they are unable to access meetings because of mobility issues, particularly if venues are not accessible. Those with a visual impairment may have difficulty in accessing written information. To mitigate the potential or actual impacts, all materials will be accessible on line so that typefaces can be adjusted. Where requested specific provision will be made to address the needs of those that require braille, large print etc. There will be a contact number for all consultees to call for assistance or to request further information. All meetings will be held in accessible locations and local disability groups will be contacted to involve them in the consultation. Religion or beliefs Attendance at consultation events could be impacted by religious observance. To mitigate this potential impact account will be taken of any religious days in setting dates for consultation events Sex In order to ensure the views of males are collected in the survey, there will be publicity detailing how to provide a response to the consultation at Dad’s Clubs (Children’s Centres). Males will also be encouraged to attend the parents’ focus group part of the consultation process where appropriate. Page 34 7. As 6 a result of this screening is a full EA . necessary (Please check ☒ appropriate box) 8. Name 7 of Lead Officer: Yes No x ☐ Briefly explain your answer. Proposals to change the way in which the children’s centres service is delivered are to be developed following consultation and a full EA will be undertaken which will take account of the findings as well as the needs analysis. The impacts of any proposed changes will then be fully considered. Job title: Signed off by Head of Service: Agreed Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TEMPLATE Date screening tool completed: 19th March 2015 Name: Daniel Phelps Assistant Director Early Help Date: 26/03/2015 Agenda Item 5 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date 21st April 2015 Report Title Adoption of Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Cabinet Portfolio Cllr Clyde Loakes, Environment Report Author/ Contact details Vala Valavan, Head of Highways and Infrastructure, 0208 496 2525, [email protected] David Scourfield, Head of Development Management and Building Control and Interim Head of Planning Policy and Urban Design Environment and Regeneration, 020 8496 6725, [email protected] Wards affected All Wards Public Access Open Appendices Appendix A – Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Appendix B – Consultation Statement Appendix C – Equalities Analysis Appendix D – Climate Change Matrix 1. SUMMARY 1.1 The Council has a statutory duty to prepare a “Local Flood Risk Management Strategy” under the Flood and Water Management Act 2010. With the guidance of the Environment Agency, officers have prepared a strategy that has been subject to consultation, a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA), and presented to Environment Scrutiny in December 2014. Cabinet approval to formally adopt the Strategy is now sought. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 For the reasons set out in this report, Cabinet is recommended to: a) Adopt the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy (Appendix A) b) Delegate any future non-material alterations to the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy to the Director of Neighbourhoods and Page 35 Commissioning in consultation with the Deputy Leader 3. PROPOSALS 3.1 As a “Lead Local Flood Authority” under the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 the Council must produce a Local Flood Risk Management Strategy that: provides an overview of our flood risk management work; outlines how we are working with partners to reduce flood risk; sets out which organisations are responsible for different types of flooding within the borough; and is in accordance with the National Flood and Coastal Erosion Management Strategy. 3.2 The strategy (Appendix A) sets out that flood risk management is not the sole responsibility of the Council, and outlines responsibilities for a range of partners including the Environment Agency, utilities companies, emergency services, neighbouring boroughs, landowners, residents and businesses. A key distinction is that the Council’s responsibilities relate to “local” flood risk from surface water, groundwater, brooks, streams and ditches. Flooding from main rivers remains the responsibility of the Environment Agency. 3.3 In terms of the Council’s approach to flood risk management, the strategy outlines how studies such as the Preliminary Flood Risk Assessment (PFRA), Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP) and Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) have aided our understanding of main areas of risk, and sets out measures being taken to alleviate this risk, including: 3.4 Drainage Improvement Works: 3.4.1 An on-going program of drainage improvement works to deal with areas with recurring drainage problems, and areas where multiple and interlinked sources of flood risk cause flooding during severe weather (i.e. ‘Critical Drainage Areas’). Such areas have been identified through the Surface Water Management Plan, and through responding to flooding and drainage issues reported by the public. 3.4.2 Remedial drainage works have now been carried out to 48 of the 54 high priority flood sites identified from call centre records between 2007– 2010 with the 6 remaining sites requiring further investigation and design works over the next 2 years. Remedial works have included provision of additional gullies, level adjustments of carriageway channel lines, introduction of French Drains to intercept ground water and gully connection replacement works. 3.5 Gully Cleansing Programme: Page 36 3.5.1 The Council operates a gully cleansing regime throughout the borough at the following scheduled frequencies: Category 1 - (High Street, E17) once every four weeks 150 gullies Category 2 - (high risk) twice per year at various locations 100 gullies Category 3 - (main roads) once per year at various locations 4000 gullies Category 4 - (borough roads) once every two years 14000 gullies 3.5.2 In addition to this regular programme, further remedial drainage works are also carried in response to issues reported by the public; for example when a blocked gully has been reported, together with ditch clearing, interceptor and pump station maintenance works. 3.6 Bids for External Funding: 3.6.1 The Council has bid for money from the Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) to appoint consultants to carry out drainage investigations and prepare scheme proposals for the following areas in the 2015 - 2016 financial year: Fillebrook Surface Water Investigation. South Chingford Surface Water Investigation. Chestnuts Showground Surface Water Investigation. 3.6.2 This funding is part of a national pot that is administered by the Environment Agency. Bids are determined on the basis of the level of risk, with priority given to schemes affecting the highest number of properties, particularly in deprived areas. The areas we are bidding for were identified within the Surface Water Management Plan or through reports of flooding from local residents. Based on Environment Agency advice, it is understood that in these 3 areas 263 properties are at risk; which could increase further due to the impact of climate change and increasing storm intensity. 3.7 Minimising the Impact of Flooding on New Developments 3.7.1 Through the planning process, wherever possible vulnerable new developments such as residential, schools and health facilities are directed to areas of low flood risk. For such uses to go ahead in areas of significant flood risk, it must be demonstrated that they provide overriding benefits that could not be achieved on alternative sites. 3.7.2 New developments are also required to seek to reduce the causes and impacts of flooding by making space for water to take account of climate change; through the incorporation of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) techniques. The strategy (Appendix A) provides case study examples of where this has been secured in new developments. Page 37 3.8 Once adopted the Council must publish the strategy. 4. OPTIONS & ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 4.1 As a “Lead Local Flood Authority”, it is a statutory duty that the Council must prepare a Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. Key options to consider were therefore if the document should be prepared in house, or commissioned to consultants (as has been the case with some neighbouring authorities). The Waltham Forest Strategy has been prepared in house, on the basis that this would best utilise existing local knowledge, secure better ownership of the document at an officer level, and enhance working relationships between service areas of the Council. 5. SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) 5.1 The Local Flood Risk Management Strategy has been prepared in accordance with the Council’s Sustainable Community Strategy (SCS). In particular, its adoption will help meet one of the Council’s key principles of “managing population growth and change” and priority of “responding to climate change in a practical and effective way” 6. CONSULTATION 6.1 The Local Flood Risk Management Strategy has been prepared with the input and guidance of the Environment Agency and has been subject to public consultation, initially in October 2013, and more recently in January 2015. Appendix B details what consultation has been carried out through the preparation of the document and how this has informed the final version. 7. IMPLICATIONS 7.1 Finance, Value for Money and Risk 7.1.1 DEFRA funding is currently being provided to Local Authorities to support them in carrying out the increased responsibilities of being a “Lead Local Authority”. For 2014/15, the DEFRA grant to the Council was £57,358.56, whilst a further £165k is being provided for 2015/16. 7.1.2 Following Environment Agency advice, the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy has been subject to a Strategic Environmental Assessment carried out by consultants (see background information). The cost of this work (£7,912.50) has been met using DEFRA funding that is provided to local authorities to carry out the increased responsibilities of being a “Lead Local Flood Authority”. The remaining costs incurred to develop the strategy relate to officer time. 7.1.3 In the future, the introduction of SuDS drainage schemes encouraged within the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy will be delivered by developers through planning and the section 106 process. Future public realm projects delivered by the Council may also include SuDS Page 38 drainage techniques and there may also be opportunities to retro-fit SuDS into existing public highway layouts and public open space. 7.2 Legal 7.2.1 The Council must develop, maintain, apply and monitor a Local Flood Risk Management Strategy under and in accordance with section 9 of the Flood and Water Management Act 2010. The strategy must specify: (a) the risk management authorities in the authority's area, (b) the flood and coastal erosion risk management functions that may be exercised by those authorities in relation to the area, (c) the objectives for managing local flood risk (including any objectives included in the authority's flood risk management plan prepared in accordance with the Flood Risk Regulations 2009), (d) the measures proposed to achieve those objectives, (e) how and when the measures are expected to be implemented, (f) the costs and benefits of those measures, and how they are to be paid for, (g) the assessment of local flood risk for the purpose of the strategy, (h) how and when the strategy is to be reviewed, and (i) how the strategy contributes to the achievement of wider environmental objectives. All the above elements are included within the strategy. In developing the strategy Council must have consulted the public and the other risk management authorities that may be affected. Details of the consultation undertaken is set out in Appendix B. 7.2.2 Once the strategy is adopted the Council has an obligation under the 2010 Act to publish the strategy. 7.3 Equalities and Diversity 7.3.1 The Local Flood Risk Management Strategy is supported by an Equalities Analysis which is provided in Appendix C of this report. This concluded that in general, the strategy will have a positive impact on some equalities groups and a negligible impact on others. 7.4 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 7.4.1 The increased frequency of intense storm events associated with climate change has significant impacts in terms of the level of flood risk in the borough. Page 39 7.4.2 Having a Local Flood Risk Strategy in place will enable the Council to better coordinate services and work together with local residents and businesses to reduce flood risk and prepare for the effects of climate change, as well as setting out a framework for partnership working with other local authorities and organisations. 7.4.3 Directing new developments away from flood risk areas (unless adequate mitigation is secured), and maximising the use of SuDS in new developments will all help minimise the risk of flooding to residents and businesses. This in turn will have a positive impact on their health. 7.4.4 A full climate change matrix is provided in Appendix D of this report. In addition, a full range of sustainability factors have been considered through the development of the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy; as set out in the Strategic Environmental Assessment provided as background information. 7.5 Council Infrastructure 7.5.1 No human resources, accommodation or specific IT issues are raised by this report. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) Strategic Environmental Assessment Page 40 Page 41 Appendix A London Borough of Waltham Forest LOCAL FLOOD RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGY Adoption Version April 2015 Page 43 Page 44 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy 1 Introduction 1 2 Partner responsibilities 2 3 What do we know about flooding in the borough? 4 4 Main aims of the strategy 11 5 Funding 18 6 How will flood risk management schemes be prioritised? 18 7 Case Studies 20 8 Appendix 1 28 9 Appendix 2 30 10 Glossary 31 Page 45 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 1 Introduction 1.1 The Government has recently given local authorities new powers to manage local flood risk in a more co-ordinated way. As a ‘Lead Local Flood Authority’, the Council's responsibilities relate to ‘local’ flood risk from surface water, groundwater and small rivers, streams and ditches. Flooding from main rivers remains the responsibility of the Environment Agency. 1.2 As a ‘Lead Local Flood Authority’ it is a legal requirement under the Flood and Water Management Act (2010) that we produce a Local Flood Risk Management Strategy that: Provides an overview of flood risk management work being undertaken and planned throughout the borough; Outlines how we are working with partners to reduce flood risk; Clearly sets out which organisations are responsible for different types of flooding in the borough; Is in accordance with the National Flood and Coastal Erosion Management Strategy. 1.3 The rise in extreme weather conditions, the presence of existing buildings in areas of flood risk, and limited public funding, means that we cannot stop all flood incidents happening in the borough. However, through the strategy we can co-ordinate services so that flood risk is reduced and the aftermath of any flood incidents is minimised. The strategy also provides us with an opportunity to work with local residents and businesses to minimise risk and prepare for the effects of climate change. 1.4 The strategy has been subject to public consultation, the details of which are set out in the accompanying Consultation Statement. The environmental impacts of the strategy have also been assessed in the form of a supporting Strategic Environmental Assessment. The strategy will be kept under review and refreshed as appropriate in light of new legislation, flooding data, and planned flood alleviation measures. Page 46Borough of Waltham Forest London 1 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 2 Partner responsibilities 2.1 Several organisations have a role to play in minimising the risk and impact of flooding in the borough. The strategy will set out the responsibilities of such organisations so it is clear how they will work together and so that local residents and businesses know what to expect of them. Alongside the Council, key organisations include: The Environment Agency - has a strategic overview of all sources of flooding and coastal erosion (as defined in the Flood and Water Management Act 2010). It is also responsible for flood and coastal erosion risk management activities on main rivers and the coast, regulating reservoir safety, and working in partnership with the Met Office to provide flood forecasts and warnings. It must also look for opportunities to maintain and improve the environment for people and wildlife while carrying out all of its duties. Managing flood risk in the Lower Lee Valley catchment, today and in the future (2013), sets out proposals for managing flood risk in Waltham Forest (and the wider Lower Lee Valley catchment), including: continued maintenance of the Flood Relief Channel; investigation of potential flood alleviation measures for the Ching Brook, and increased flood warnings; desilting the Dagenham Brook to maintain its flow capacity. Water and Sewerage Companies - these are responsible for managing the risks of flooding from surface water and foul or combined sewer systems providing drainage from buildings and yards. 2 Page 47 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Neighbouring London Borough's of Enfield, Tower Hamlets, Haringey, Hackney and Newham, and London Legacy Development Corporation - London boroughs are working together through the Drain London Forum to share knowledge and agree where possible a common approach to flood risk management. Regular meetings are held between the 6 boroughs, Thames Water and the Environment Agency to discuss group wide issues and share best practice. The London Legacy Development Corporation are also included here as they are the local planning authority for the Olympic Park area, which includes part of Waltham Forest. Emergency Services - responsible for minimising the impact of extreme flood events and responding to emergency situations. The Council’s Civil Contingencies team works in partnership with such authorities to ensure a coordinated multi-agency response to flood events. For example, an event was held in December 2013 where Council staff and representatives from the Metropolitan Police, Fire Brigade and Ambulance Service met, along with other specialist advisors such as the local NHS Trust, Environment Agency and Thames Water, to clarify different organisations responsibilities in the event of a flood. Details of different organisations responsibilities in the event of a flood, as set out in the Multi Agency Flood Plan, which is available upon request. Within the Multi Agency Flood Plan, the emergency services responsibilities focus on saving lives, evacuation of flooded properties and providing treatment and care to those affected, and warning and informing the public of flooding events. Developers - have a responsibility to minimise flood risk in new developments and their impact on the surrounding areas, through the design and layout of their schemes and incorporation of SuDS techniques. Section 7: Case Studies provide some examples of how these are being incorporated into recently permitted schemes. Page 48Borough of Waltham Forest London 3 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Transport for London/ London Underground – have significant landholdings in the borough, and therefore monitor, and assess flood risk at critical locations on its network. This includes carrying out a review of vulnerable assets which could inform resilience works. 2.2 Although they are not a ‘Risk Management Authority’ as defined by the Flood and Water Management Act, the Greater London Authority have a co-ordination role for all 33 London Boroughs. They co-ordinate Drain London work to help manage and reduce surface water flood risk in London by improving available knowledge of the surface water drainage system and identifying areas at the greatest risk of flooding. Through this role, they also demonstrate some of the ways to reduce the risk. 2.3 Local residents and businesses also have a role to play in managing flood risk. People and properties in any known areas of flood risk should be prepared for flood incidents, and any landowners whose properties adjoin watercourses have a responsibility to ensure the unobstructed flow of water. In addition, it is essential that local residents and businesses report any incidents of flooding of property, open spaces and roads. This all helps to build up knowledge of patterns of flooding; which can then help with future risk management. Flooding incidents can be reported to the Council by telephone (0208 496 3000), email ( w f d i r e c t @ w a l t h a m f o r e s t . g o v. u k ) , or online (https://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/Pages/OnlineForms/flooding-or-gully-problem.aspx) 3 What do we know about flooding in the borough? 3.1 The Council has a responsibility to investigate and publish reports on major flooding incidents, and to maintain a register of flood management assets. Recent history indicates most flooding incidents in the borough have been of small scale floods of highways, footways, and some basements of private properties. Currently we investigate all reported flooding incidents, with the detail of any reports proportionate to the nature and extent of the flooding incident. If there is a substantial increase in reported incidents of flooding in the future, there may be a need to prioritise the investigation of floods affecting properties. 4 Page 49 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 3.2 We also have a statutory duty to carry out a range of technical studies, which have helped enhance our understanding of flood risk in the borough. These studies include: A Preliminary Flood Risk Assessment - a high level study on all types of flooding in the borough, including a summary of historic significant floods, and information on future flood risk based on Environment Agency data. A Strategic Flood Risk Assessment - a tool used to inform the policies and site allocations in our planning documents to ensure future developments are sited and designed to minimise future flood risk. 3.3 In addition, whilst we do not have a statutory duty to produce, our Surface Water Management Plan provides a strategy to manage flooding from sewers, drains, groundwater, and runoff from land, small water courses and ditches that occur as a result of heavy rainfall. 3.4 The main source of flood risk in Waltham Forest is fluvial flooding associated with the Lower Lea, its tributaries and associated diversion channels. Although the River Lee is no longer tidal, its lower reaches of the River Lee have a tidal influence from the River Thames because the River Lee is 'tide locked' at high tide by Three Mills Lock. This can lead to an increase in water levels in the River Lee and Dagenham Brook. Figure 1 below shows Flood Zone 3b as defined in our Strategic Flood RIsk Assessment as well as Flood Zones 2 and 3a designated by the Environment Agency based on risk of fluvial and tidal flooding. This represents a grading of flood risk, with zone 3b being the most vulnerable areas. These zones are used to influence decisions on what types of new development can be located where. In addition, figure 2 outlines the locations of historical surface water flooding. Page 50Borough of Waltham Forest London 5 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Figure 1 Environment Agency Flood Zones 6 Page 51 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Figure 2 Surface Water Flooding 3.5 The River Lea flows south along the western boundary of Waltham Forest with the River Lea Flood Relief Channel (figure 3) located to the east of it. The Dagenham Brook (figure 4) and Ching Brook (figure 5) are tributaries of the River Lea, and flow through urban areas, often within culverts. Figure 3 River Lee Flood Relief Channel Page 52Borough of Waltham Forest London 7 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 3.6 The River Lea, its flood relief channel, The Ching Brook, and the Dagenham Brook are all classified as ‘main rivers’ and as such the Environment Agency has powers to undertake maintenance, carry out improvement works, and to issue consents for 3rd party works. However, they only have a duty to carry out works where they own structures, which includes some sections of the River Lee Flood Relief Channel, some man-made sections of the Dagenham Brook, and some structures along the Ching Brook; such as trash screens upstream of Walthamstow Stadium. Figure 4 Dagenham Brook 3.7 In addition to structures in the Environment Agency’s ownership, the Council is in the early stages of compiling a register of all structures that play a significant role in minimising flood risk; known as the register of flood management assets. Producing and maintaining this register is one of our statutory duties as a Lead Local Flood Authority. 3.8 The Flood Relief Channel is a major asset in terms of flood defences, and there have been no major floods in the borough since it became operational in 1976. Having said this, it is known that the flood relief channel almost reached capacity in 1987, 1993, and 2000. 8 Page 53 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Figure 5 Ching Brook 3.9 More localised forms of flooding can be found throughout the borough, in areas identified as critical drainage areas. Full details can be viewed in our Surface Water Management Plan (see www.walthamforest.gov.uk). The areas identified in this document as being most vulnerable from flooding associated with drainage issues are highlighted in figure 6 below. 3.10 Whilst these main critical drainage areas cover a significant amount of the borough, it is important to note that this is based on a cautious approach of looking at potential risk in the event of severe storms when the drainage network cannot cope with abnormally high levels of rainfall. Many of the past floods in the borough have been small scale incidents due to this lack of capacity in the existing drainage network, or blocked gullies preventing them from fulfilling their purpose effectively; combined with the natural topography of the area; i.e. relatively low lying land. Programmes such as regular gully cleaning, and securing Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) in new developments to minimise surface water runoff, will help minimise the risk of localised flooding in the future. Furthermore, the 'Critical Drainage Areas' refer to broad catchment areas, so do not mean every property within the boundary is at a significant level of risk. More detailed maps can be viewed in the Surface Water Management plan at www.walthamforest.gov.uk Page 54Borough of Waltham Forest London 9 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Figure 6 Main Critical Drainage Areas 10 Page 55 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 3.11 As tackling flood risk requires a multi-agency approach, studies commissioned by partner organisations can also help aide our understanding of flood risk in the borough. For example Northumberland Park Depot – Fluvial Flood Risk Assessment and Feasibility Report, commissioned by Transport for London/ London Underground, included an assessment of Blackhorse Road Underground Station. This found that the station benefits from a robust level of protection by virtue of its elevation and local topography. 4 Main aims of the strategy 4.1 Based on our understanding of flooding in the borough, the key aims of our Local Flood Risk Management Strategy, to help minimise the impact of flood risk on our residents and businesses, are: 1. Drainage management strategy - to develop a long term drainage asset management strategy incorporating highway and watercourse maintenance so that any lack of capacity in the surface water network is dealt with in a co-ordinated rather than reactive manner. It is likely that future modelling of Critical Drainage Areas (see figure 6) will be required to inform such a strategy. 2. Resilience - to promote flood resistance and resilience measures to any properties at risk of flooding. 3. Communications - to keep local residents and businesses informed of our proposed strategy, any flood management works that will affect them, and to investigate and provide feedback on the causes of reported flooding incidents. 4. Innovation - to promote the use of new technologies and innovation in flood mitigation measures. 5. Sustainable drainage - to promote the incorporation of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) into new developments and open space improvement projects, and the retrofitting of such techniques in existing areas of high flood risk. This includes ensuring Sustainable Drainage Systems for run-off management are included in larger developments, secured through the planning system in accordance with statutory requirements. Page 56Borough of Waltham Forest London 11 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 6. Environmental improvements - to ensure that where possible, flood management measures go beyond being merely functional, and secure wider environmental enhancements such as to water quality and biodiversity, in order to meet the objectives of the Water Framework Directive and National Flood and Coastal Erosion Risk Management Strategy. 7. Funding - to secure national funding where possible, to manage existing maintenance budgets, and to explore additional funding sources. Objectives and Actions 4.2 The table below sets out our detailed objectives and actions that will help meet our overall aims. It is important to note that as tackling flood risk requires a multi-agency response, not all actions fall under the direct responsibility of the Council, and in many cases partner organisations will play an important role. Objective Action Ensure new 1. Direct new developments developments away minimise the from flood risk risk of flooding areas through application of sequential and exception test Partners Timeframe Environment Agency, landowners/ developers Ongoing 2. Incorporate SUDs Landowners/ Ongoing measures into new developers developments to achieve greenfield runoff rates where possible 3. Set up and implement an appropriate mechanism for aligning SUDs are 12 Page 57 London Borough of Waltham Forest Environment Agency, Thames Water TBC LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version secured on major developments through the planning process 4. Ensure domestic Landowners vehicle crossings and paving over front gardens use permeable/ porous surfacing in accordance with government regulations – see Appendix 1 Ongoing 5. Developments in Landowners/ Ongoing Critical Drainage developers Areas to contribute to measures to reduce surface water flood risk in the Critical Drainage Area Increase public 6. Publish and refresh awareness of all information on flooding flood risk, how issues and residents/ promote businesses can community minimise risk, and level action what to do in the event of a flood, on the Councils website Initial publication Dec 2014, to be reviewed and refreshed on a 6 month basis 7. Create and maintain a register of flood risk assets 2016 8. Alert and advise Environment local residents and Agency Ongoing Page 58Borough of Waltham Forest London 13 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version businesses when Flood Alerts and Flood Warnings are received from the Environment Agency and take appropriate action in accordance with the Multi Agency Flood Plan (MAFP) 9. Where practical and Ensure flood appropriate, take risk steps to enhance management takes account the natural of social, environment, in economic, and relation to flood risk environmental management works outcomes 10. Improve water quality in the Dagenham Brook; through dredging works, and correcting householder and business water misconnections 11. Annual clearing of ditches at Overton Road, Chingford Lane, Rangers Road, Oak Hill, Brookfield Path and Leyton Common Sewer (open ditch) 12. Encourage incorporation of SUDs when conventional 14 Page 59 London Borough of Waltham Forest Environment Agency Ongoing Environment Agency, Thames Water, Landowners Ongoing Annually Landowners/ Ongoing developers, Thames Water LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version drainage systems are being replaced/ enhanced Tackle flood risk through a partnership approach 13. Continued attendance at LODEG and Drain London meetings to share best practice with partner authorities and meet obligations under the Floods and Water Management Act London Ongoing Boroughs, GLA, Thames Water, Environment Agency 14. Periodically review partner roles, responsibilities and statutory duties Neighbouring Ongoing Boroughs, GLA, Thames Water, Environment Agency, London Legacy Development Corporation, Transport for London, London Underground Enhance 15. Prepare a Level 2 Environment understanding Strategic Flood Risk Agency of flood risk in Assessment to the borough inform planning policies Completed 2011 16. Prepare a Surface Environment Water Management Agency, Plan Thames Water, Completed 2011 Page 60Borough of Waltham Forest London 15 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version London Councils, GLA 17. Investigate cause and potential solutions to historic surface water flooding in South Chingford identified by the Surface Water Management Plan and updated Environment Agency surface water flooding maps. Environment Agency 18. Investigate cause and potential solutions to historic surface water flooding at Fillebrook identified by the Surface Water Management Plan and updated Environment Agency surface water flooding maps. Environment Agency 19. Investigate cause and potential solutions to historic flooding at Sturge Avenue, Walthamstow Environment Agency Consultant to be appointed Thames Water Page 61 London Borough of Waltham Forest August 2014 – August 2016 Consultant to be appointed April 2015 – April 2017 Consultant to be appointed 20. Refresh Level 2 Environment Strategic Flood Risk Agency Assessment in light 16 May 2014May 2016 2015-2016 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version of updates to EA mapping modelling and to inform future planning policy documents 21. Determine TfL, Thames standards of Water protection offered by pumps/ drainage serving critical transport infrastructure underpasses – e.g. A12 Manage the JB Riney 22. Develop and likelihood and implement a regular impact of programme of gully flooding cleaning to ensure drainage systems are operating at capacity 2015 Completed June 2013. Programme to be reviewed summer 2015 23. Maintain surface water sewers to ensure drainage systems are operating at capacity Thames Water Ongoing 24. Investigate reported incidents of flooding and take appropriate action; e.g. gully cleaning/ provision of additional gullies, report to Thames Water for drainage network assessment Thames Water, Transport for London Ongoing Page 62Borough of Waltham Forest London 17 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 5 Funding 5.1 The way that Government funds flood risk management projects changed in 2012. Funding levels for each scheme now relate directly to the number of homes protected, damage prevented, and other benefits such as the environmental or business benefits that will be delivered. Extra emphasis is also now given to protecting homes in deprived areas. 5.2 We will be pursuing a range of available funding opportunities to help reduce flood risk in the borough. In addition to local authority budgets for works on the highways drainage network and maintenance regimes, the strategy will also seek contributions from developers when planning applications are determined. 5.3 In addition, the Council has bid for money from the Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) fund to appoint consultants to carry out drainage investigations and prepare scheme proposals for the following areas: Fillebrook Surface Water Investigation. South Chingford Surface water investigation. Chestnuts Showground. 5.4 This funding is part of a national pot that is administered by the Environment Agency. Bids are determined on the basis of the level of risk, with priority given to schemes affecting the highest number of properties, particularly in deprived areas. The areas we are bidding for were identified within the Surface Water Management Plan and through reports of flooding from local residents. Working with the Environment Agency and using their best available data it is estimated that 263 properties in total are at risk from flooding within the 3 areas to be investigated. 6 How will flood risk management schemes be prioritised? 6.1 The level of flood risk varies across the borough and as such any works should be proportionate to the level of risk. They should also seek to go beyond being merely functional (such as the Lee Valley Flood Relief Channel), and consider their impact on the local environment. Where possible this should include their physical appearance and impact on biodiversity. 18 Page 63 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 6.2 In Waltham Forest, local flood risk management schemes will be categorised as follows: Schemes in response to reports of flooding incidents from residents and businesses. Ongoing programme of drainage improvement and maintenance works. The Council has a gully cleansing contract in place to ensure that a regime exists to maintain the boroughs 18000 plus gullies. This recommends the required cleaning frequency for different categories of gully subject to their classification and priority; i.e. whether they are located within high blockage risk locations, market areas, strategic routes and main distributor roads or residential access roads. The map in Appendix 2 shows the road classification and gully categories designated throughout the borough. Introduction of SuDs techniques such as swales, green roofs, storage ponds, water features and permeable paving within new developments through the planning process and inclusion within regeneration projects where public open space is available to include SuDs techniques. Swale in Upton (source Susdrain, 2012) Page 64Borough of Waltham Forest London 19 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Working in partnership with the Environment Agency and Thames Water to improve water quality within the Dagenham Brook and enhance biodiversity. The Council’s Environmental Health team is working with the Environment Agency and Thames Water to identify and address misconnections within the Borough and the possible inclusion of hydrodynamic separators within any proposed engineering solutions to clean up the Brook. Possible larger long term schemes with eligibility for national funding. 7 Case Studies Incorporation of SUDs into new developments 7.1 Recent years have seen a number of key developments come forward where the use of SUDs techniques have been negotiated through the planning process in order to help reduce flood risk as part of the proposed development. This section sets out some examples of techniques used and progress on implementing these. Waltham Forest Leisure Centre 7.2 SuDS features have been agreed through the planning process to capture and cleanse rainwater and stagger its flow into the drainage network or watercourses; to prevent these reaching their capacity during heavy rainfall. 7.3 The entire car park area will use permeable paving providing 30% voids within the stone build-up of the paved area, allowing for temporary storage of surface water. The image below (taken from www.marshalls.co.uk) shows how voids within stone build up temporarily store water. Concrete baffles separate sections of the car park to further slow the rate by of flow between voided stone before it reaches the drainage network. Rainwater collected on the roof of the leisure centre will also be captured and filtered into the permeable paved area. 20 Page 65 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 7.4 Release of water stored within the permeable paved area will be restricted to an agreed rate as recommended by the Site Specific Flood Risk Assessment. Pump House Site, E17 7.5 Approved measures follow similar principles to Waltham Forest Leisure Centre as described above; i.e. the capture of water and delaying of its flow into the drainage network. However, due to lack of surface area available on site, below surface storage tanks will be used for the temporary storage of water rather than voids in the stone construction of the permeable paving. Walthamstow Stadium Site, E17 7.6 A drainage scheme using permeable paving has been agreed through the planning process. A sub-base replacement system is being used to provide on-site water storage at high a level before discharging into the Ching. The design has provided a reduction in the rate of surface water discharge from the site. Page 66Borough of Waltham Forest London 21 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 7.7 As the development site is located within the flood plain the Environment Agency have insisted on compensation storage where site levels have been raised. Two ponds have therefore been integrated into the design to provide the required flood plain compensation. Larkshall Road, E4 7.8 A SuDS attenuation / infiltration feature has been installed at Larkshall Road which receives runoff from the surrounding footways and part of the adjoining road. The surface water is collected by traditional road gullies and piped into a large gravel soakaway beneath the verges with a high level overflow that runs into the surface water sewer system. 22 Page 67 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Remedial works in response to historical flooding 7.9 In existing built up areas, remedial works may be carried out in response to reported flooding incidents. Typical issues and measures used in the borough are illustrated by the examples below. Priory close E4 7.10 Provision of French drains to intercept ground water and prevent surface flooding, and provision of additional highway drain and additional gullies to improve interception of surface water run-off. 7.11 These works were carried out to prevent ground water from rising up through the existing road construction and laying on the finished road surface, which had been experienced by residents even during the summer months. The installation of these French drains also helped to intercept ground water reducing the level of ground water basement flooding experienced by residents in the close. Page 68Borough of Waltham Forest London 23 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Woodside Gardens E4 7.12 Additional gullies provided to improve residential road drainage. These works were required to reduce surface water ponding caused by inadequate gully spacing and level problems within the channel line of the road. 24 Page 69 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Winchester Road E4 7.13 New parking bay gullies and road channel re-profiling works carried out to prevent surface water ponding within shopping parking bays. 7.14 The problem was reported to the Council by shoppers being inconvenienced by standing water when getting in and out of their cars when visiting the shops, also some reports of splashing of pedestrians when using the footway. Page 70Borough of Waltham Forest London 25 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Rain Gardens 7.15 The introduction of rain gardens at suitable locations throughout the borough is being promoted in public realm enhancements and in new developments. Rain gardens are essentially shallow depressions in the ground with a highly permeable soil base. They are flexible in design and are suitable for gardens, communal spaces and along the roadside. This makes them ideal for both retrofit and new schemes. 7.16 With well selected planting rain gardens can provide colourful planting for all seasons, whilst adding to the green infrastructure of the local environment. Depending on location, rain gardens may require regular litter picking and inspections for pollution. Regular watering in the first year will aid in the establishment and survival of rain gardens. An annual weeding is essential in the two years until the ground cover has establish. 26 Page 71 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 7.17 Planting of rain gardens is site specific and those plants that best suit a particular location are chosen from a generic list of agreed plants for the borough, consideration is given to height, colour flowering period and resistance to road salt as well as being able to survive in both wet and dry conditions. NB source of images used on front cover = Susdrain 2012, and LBWF Level 2 SFRA (2011) Page 72Borough of Waltham Forest London 27 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 8 Appendix 1 8.1 From the 1 October 2008 permitted development rights that allow householders to pave their front gardens with hardstanding without planning permission have changed in order to reduce the impact of this type of development on flooding and on pollution of watercourses. 8.2 If the surface to be covered is more than five square metres planning permission will be needed for laying traditional, impermeable drive ways that do not provide for water to run to a permeable area. 8.3 Planning permission will not be required if a new or replacement drive of any size uses permeable (or porous) surfacing, such as gravel, permeable concrete block paving or porous asphalt, or if the rainwater is directed to a lawn or border to drain naturally. 8.4 Paved areas in front of houses can be provided without adding to flood risk and pollution by the use of permeable surfaces that allow water to drain into them or by other methods such as rain gardens. 8.5 There are three main types of solution to creating a permeable driveway: Using gravel or a mainly green, vegetated area. Directing water from an impermeable surface to a border rain garden or soakway. Using permeable block paving, porous asphalt or concrete. 8.6 Although planning regulations require permission to be granted for impermeable driveways for more than five square metres, enforcement has proved difficult and LBWF will never be able to completely stop residents from hard paving their front gardens using impermeable materials. 8.7 Before and after photographs of a typical domestic vehicle crossing with permeable blocked paved parking area within LBWF are shown below: 28 Page 73 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 23 Hornbeam Grove, E4. – Construction of Domestic Vehicle Crossing / Permeable Parking Area. 8.8 Photograph of front garden prior to commencement of installation works: 8.9 Photograph of new permeable paving installed for use as parking area: Page 74Borough of Waltham Forest London 29 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 9 Appendix 2 Gully cleaning categories 30 Page 75 London Borough of Waltham Forest LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version 10 Glossary Critical drainage areas - A discrete geographic area where multiple and interlinked sources of flood risk (surface water, groundwater, sewer, main river and/or tidal) cause flooding in one or more Local Flood Risk Zones during severe weather thereby affecting people, property or local infrastructure. Culvert – a channel or pipe that carries water below the level of the ground. Flood resilient – this is a process whereby if flood water can enter the property, measures are taken to minimise the consequence of the flooding to the building and contents within the property and enable the property to be re-occupied as soon as possible after flooding occurs. Raised power sockets, boilers and utility meters and the use of flood resistant finishes such as treated wood or pvc can be used to achieve this. Flood resistant – measures to prevent flood water entering a building or damaging its fabric. Floodplain - the area that would naturally be affected by flooding if a river rises above its banks. Fluvial flooding – flooding that occurs in the floodplains of rivers when the capacity of the water courses are exceeded as a result of heavy rainfall, or snow and ice melting within catchment areas further upstream. Groundwater flooding– flooding from groundwater can happen when the level of water within the rock or soil that makes up the land surface (known as the water table) rises. The level of the water table changes with the seasons due to variations in long term rainfall and water abstraction. When the water table rises and reaches ground level, water starts to emerge on the surface and flooding can happen. Hydrodynamic separator – device that separates pollution such as sediment, litter and oil from surface water runoff. Page 76Borough of Waltham Forest London 31 LBWF Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Adoption Version Register of flood management assets - a register of structures or features which are considered to have a significant effect on flood risk within the borough. This includes features designed to provide a flood risk function, such as the Lee Valley Flood Relief Channel, but can also include structures not originally intended for such purposes; such as a fence or wall that incidentally prevents an area flooding. The register includes ownership and state of condition. Surface water flooding– flooding from surface water happens when the drainage systems cannot cope with high levels of rainfall. It is extremely difficult to predict precisely where surface water flooding will happen as it is dependent on ground levels, rainfall, and the local drainage network. Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) – methods of management practices and control structures that are designed to drain surface water in a more sustainable manner than some conventional techniques. Examples include the use of permeable pavements, retention ponds, and swales (low tracts of land designed to manage water runoff). Trash screen - A screen placed in a waterway to prevent the passage of trash which might otherwise restrict the flow and/ or the capacity of a river, channel, stream or culvert. Tributaries – a stream or brook that flows into a river. Water abstraction – groundwater abstraction is the process of taking water from any source temporarily or permanently. Most water is used for irrigation or treatment to produce drinking water. Baffle – a dam-like device used to restrict the flow of water from one area to another French Drain – trench into which a perforated pipe is installed at the bottom of the trench and has been backfilled with shingle or similar coarse stone Sub-base – stone construction layer beneath road surface 32 Page 77 London Borough of Waltham Forest APPENDIX B Local Flood Risk Management Strategy – Statement of Consultation. Summary Paper A Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Summary paper was produced in 2013 and subject to public consultation between 11th October and 24th November 2013. It was also was published on the Council’s website and email alerts sent to the following organisations alerting them to the consultation: Page 79 British Waterways London Legacy Development Corporation Canal & River Trust Met Police Environment Agency Natural England Greater London Authority Network Rail Highways Agency North London Gas Alliance Lee Valley Regional Park Authority Thames Water LoDEG Transport for London London Boroughs of Enfield, Tower Hamlets, Haringey, Hackney and Newham UK Power Networks Whipps Cross Hospital London Fire Brigade Comments received on the summary paper were largely supportive and were used to help inform the Final Draft Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. The table below outlines a summary of all comments received, along with Council’s response to any issues raised. APPENDIX B Consultee Environment Agency Summary of comments Council Response 1) Broad support for the document. 1) Support welcomed. 2) Final bullet point of section 2.1 should include planners as well as developers as having a responsibility to minimise flood risk in new developments. 2) Agreed. Partner responsibilities to be amended to include planners and developers as having a responsibility to minimise flood risk in new developments. Page 80 3) Section 3.4 contains inaccuracies in that flood zone 3b is defined in the boroughs Strategic Flood Risk Assessment, not by the Environment Agency; and that a small portion of the River Lee is affected by tidal as well as fluvial flood risk. 4) The Local Flood Risk Management Strategy may need to be subject to a Strategic Environmental Assessment. 3) Agreed. Paragraph to be amended to read: “The main source of flood risk in Waltham Forest is fluvial flooding associated with the Lower Lea, its tributaries and associated diversion channels. Although the River Lee is no longer tidal, the lower reaches of the River Lee have a tidal influence from the River Thames because the River Lee is tide locked at high tide. This can lead to an increase in water levels in the River Lee and Dagenham Brook. Figure 1 below shows flood zone 3b as defined in our SFRA as well as flood zones 2 and 3a designated by the Environment Agency based on risk of fluvial and tidal flooding. This represents a grading of flood risk, with zone 3b being the most vulnerable areas. These zones are used to influence decisions on what types of new development can be located where. In addition, figure 2 outlines the locations of historical surface water flooding.” 4) Noted. The final Local Flood Risk Management Strategy APPENDIX B will be subject to a Strategic Environmental Assessment. Natural England London Legacy Development Corporation No comment to make; as the document does not potentially impact any of the features of the natural environment. Liaison with the Environment Agency recommended. Noted. Page 81 1) London Legacy Development Corporation (LLDC) should be recognised as an additional flood risk partner, and it would be helpful if roles and responsibilities of partners involved in managing flood risk in Waltham Forest are outlined. 1) Agreed. LLDC will be added as a flood risk partner and section will be expanded to provide greater detail of partners roles and responsibilities in managing flood risk in Waltham Forest. 2) Attention drawn to recent review of flood mapping in the LLDC area. 4) Noted – final strategy will make this clear. 3) Broad support for the aims of the strategy, and considered very important that flood management measures deliver environmental benefits. 4) Any prioritisation of investigating flood incidents should be 2) Noted. 3) Support welcomed/ importance of delivering environmental benefits noted. 5) The flood zone map already includes borough boundaries of neighbouring boroughs. Consideration has been given to the inclusion of LLDC boundaries but it is felt that this could detract from the clarity of the plans primary purpose; of identifying flood zones in the borough. APPENDIX B proportionate to the associated level of risk. 5) It may be useful to include the LLDC and borough boundaries on the flood zone map. Highways Agency No comments to make at this stage. Noted. Canal and River Trust No comments to make. Noted. Page 82 Transport for London 1) London Underground and TfL should be considered as partners in the strategy. 2) London Underground is carrying out a review of vulnerable assets; which may result in the need for resilience works to be carried out. 3) Flood risk at Blackhorse Road Station has been assessed in the Northumberland Park Depot Flood Risk Assessment. 4) The strategy should consider flood risk at Leyton and Leytonstone Stations. 1) Agreed. 2) Noted. Reference to this work will be included in the final strategy under partner responsibilities. 3) Noted. Reference to this work will be added to the section ‘what do we know about flooding in the borough?’ 4) Neither our Level 2 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment or Surface Water Management Plan, have not drawn attention to any historical flooding issues at either of these stations. Both also fall outside of our Critical Drainage Areas. APPENDIX B Final Draft Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Taking account of these comments, and further liaison with the Environment Agency, the Final Draft Local Flood Risk Management Strategy was subsequently published alongside an accompanying Strategic Environmental Assessment from 12th January 2015 – 23rd February 2015. Both documents were published on the Council’s web site, and email alerts sent to the same organisations that were contacted in 2013 regarding the Summary Paper. A table of comments received in response to this consultation, along with the Council’s response, is set out below: Consultee Summary of comments Natural England Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Page 83 Reference to SUDS in Chapter 3 is supported, but the Council may wish to consider the potential for retro fitting SUDS where practicable. Aims and objectives are broadly supported, especially references to SUDs and Environmental Improvements Council Response Section 4, item 5 (sustainable drainage) refers to the potential to retrofit such techniques to existing areas of high flood risk. Support welcomed. Strategic Environmental Assessment: Approach and methodology, objectives, and references to Green Infrastructure, SUDS, biodiversity, are all supported. Particular support is provided for objectives 17-19. Conclusion that there is no need to undertake Support welcomed. APPENDIX B an Appropriate Assessment is agreed. Page 84 Highways Agency The Highways Agency does not have any comments to make on the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. Noted. Environment Agency 2.1 2.1 We recommend that planners and developers are included in the last bullet point to ensure all parties within the development process work together to deliver the aims of the strategy. Developers are listed in the penultimate bullet point. A specific reference to planners has not been included as the purpose of this section is to set out the Council’s partners in tackling flood risk; rather than relevant sections of the Council. 3.4 We have drafted some alternative wording that you may want to consider using: “The main source of flood risk in Waltham Forest is fluvial flooding associated with the River Lee, its tributaries and associated diversion channels. Although the River Lee is no longer tidal, its lower reaches have a tidal influence from the River Thames because it is ‘tide locked’ at high tide by Three Mills Lock. This can lead to an increase in water levels in the River Lee and Dagenham Brook. Figure 1 below shows Flood Zone 3b as defined in our SFRA as well as Flood Zones 2 and 3a 3.4 Noted. Paragraph 4 to be amended as suggested. APPENDIX B designated by the Environment Agency based on risk of fluvial and tidal flooding. This represents a grading of flood risk, with Flood Zone 3b being the most vulnerable areas. These Zones are used to influence decisions on what types of new development can be located where. In addition, figure 2 outlines the locations of historical surface water flooding.” 4.1 Page 85 Point 5 references the SuDS Approval Body (SAB). The Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG) have recently put forward proposals to make Lead Local Flood Authorities (LLFAs) statutory consultees on surface water issues for all planning applications for ‘major’ developments and remove the Environment Agency’s statutory consultee status for surface water issues on sites over 1 hectare. This is instead of creating SAB. In readiness for this change, we advise that the reference to SAB is removed. 4.2 Action 1 - the text for this action should be amended to “Exception Test”, and 4.1 Noted. Point 5 to be amended to read as follows: “Sustainable drainage – to promote the incorporation of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) into new developments and open space improvement projects, and retrofitting of such techniques in existing areas of flood risk. This includes ensuring Sustainable Drainage Systems for run-off management are included in larger developments, secured through the planning system in accordance with statutory requirements.” 4.2 Action 1 – wording to be amended as suggested APPENDIX B landowners/developers be added to the list of partners for this action; as they provide information that allows the Local Planning Authority to carry out the Sequential Test. Action 3 - please see comments on 4.1 above. Page 86 Action 4 – we do not comment on vehicle crossings and paving over front gardens and should therefore be removed from the list of partners for this action. Action 3 – to be amended to read “Set up and implement an appropriate mechanism to ensure SuDS are secured on major developments through the planning process – Partners: Environment Agency, Thames Water Timeframe – TBC” Action 4 – Environment Agency removed from partners listed under this action Action 5 - Environment Agency removed from partners listed under this action Action 5 – we will not be commenting on surface water issues in the planning process from 6 April 2015 and should therefore be removed from the list of partners for this action. Action 8 – text to be amended to read “Alert and advise local residents and businesses when Flood Alerts and Action 8 - we issue Flood Alerts and Flood Flood Warnings are received from the Environment Warnings, not weather warnings Agency and take appropriate action in accordance with the Multi Agency Flood Plan (MAFP)” Action 12 - as our statutory consultee status for Action 12 – Noted. As the Council is the LLFA, replace APPENDIX B surface water issues on sites over 1 hectare is likely to be revoked in the near future, the list of partners for delivery of this action should be amended. We would suggest the LLFA, developers and LPA Planners would be best placed to deliver this action. 5.4 Page 87 We have a different figure to 166 properties at risk of surface water flooding in the 3 locations, based on your submitted mandates. We recommend that you re-check this figure. Thames Water Thames Water supports the preparation of the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. The inclusion of Water and Sewerage Companies in the list of organisations on page 2 is supported. Recognition at paragraph 3.10 of the risk of sewer flooding in the event of severe storms when the drainage network cannot cope with abnormally high levels of rainfall, is supported. Thames Water considers it essential that development should not precede the provision of adequate additional infrastructure capacity Environment Agency in list of partners with Landowners/ developers, and Thames Water. 5.4 Noted – to be amended to read ‘263 properties’ Support welcomed. Support welcomed. Support welcomed. Noted. APPENDIX B and that new infrastructure be provided in advance of development where necessary to address existing capacity constraints. Page 88 In respect of objective 5, Thames Water supports the use of SUDs in appropriate circumstances and also supports a sequential approach to surface water run-off whereby it is managed as close to source as possible. Discharge to the combined sewer should be considered only when all other options prove impracticable. Item 24 in the table on page 17 – Local Authorities and/ or Transport for London should be included in the partner’s column. Developers should be encouraged to contact Thames Water Development Services before submitting planning applications to ensure drainage requirements of proposals are understood. Support welcomed. Noted. As the Local Flood Risk Strategy is a Council document, only external partners are listed in the partner column. Transport for London to be added. Noted. Page 89 Page 90 Page 91 Appendix D: Matrix to Assess Climate Change Impacts of Local Flood Risk Management Strategy Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Water Minimising Water Use and Flooding Positive impact Proposals in areas of flood risk will increase permeable surfaces to minimise flood risk Page 93 Drains and gullys will be regularly maintained in accordance with the gully cleansing schedule. Remedial drainage works such as installation of new gullies and, adjustment to carriageway channel lines, being carried out in flooding hot-spots. Managing surface Negative impact The planned growth in housing may increase surface water runoff throughout the borough. Further development within CDA’s and drainage hot spots will increase flood risk. Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) The effect of the Schemes over 1 ha or in flood risk strategy will be to areas will be accompanied by site reduce flooding and the need for specific flood risk assessments remediation works that demonstrate how proposals minimise flood risk, through post flooding events, which will matters such as flood resistant & resilient design, locating less result in a reduction in CO2 vulnerable uses in highest risk areas, provision of safe access emissions as less remediation works and egress routes, and including incorporation of Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems. associated work related travel will be undertaken. Soft SuDS schemes will allow woody plants and trees to sequester or pull carbon out of circulation. The use of SuDS can also provide improved air Opportunity to promote Public consultation on Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. Case studies included in the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy can help spread good practice in new developments Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Page 94 water runoff through the use of SuDS offers many benefits. SuDS filter and attenuate surface water, control pollution, reduce pressure on infrastructure, replenish groundwater supplies through infiltration where geological conditions permit. The use of SuDS also produces other benefits for local communities which include: sequestered carbon in plants and trees as they grow, pulling carbon out of circulation; improved air quality; increased Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) quality and thermal comfort from evapotranspiration. Collecting and recycling rainwater and surface water runoff for nonpotable purposes, such as irrigation and toilet flushing will result in reduced CO2 emissions as less processed potable water will be used. Opportunity to promote Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) Page 95 biodiversity through ecological enhancement; improved thermal comfort resulting from evapotranspiration; opportunities for recreation and relaxation, particularly in larger green spaces. Energy N/A N/A Opportunity to promote Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Air Air quality, pollution Page 96 Waste – reducing, reusing and recycling waste Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure New developments will incorporate new green spaces and an improved public realm incorporating SuDS techniques which include the use of vegetation, as its ability to sequester carbon as it grows makes soft SuDS techniques carbon positive. Care should be taken on industrial sites as waste from the construction may be hazardous and will need to be disposed of offsite. Development sites will incorporate new open spaces. Reducing the amount of surface water runoff sewer infrastructure handles through the use of SuDS, and regular gully cleansing, provides A planned increase in housing and employment is likely to result in an increase in the amount of foul and surface water One of the biggest advantages of SuDS over conventional drainage is its ability to improve the character of the surrounding area. SuDS can be used to enhance the public realm, create unique spaces using water and deliver recreational spaces, all while providing the functional benefits SuDS offer. SuDS should mimic natural drainage patterns and through the use of source control seek to infiltrate runoff from development on site or slow the rate of surface water discharge from site to an agreed rate, preventing the downstream drainage network Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) Soft SuDS schemes will allow woody plants and trees to sequester or pull carbon out of circulation. The use of SuDS can also provide improved air quality and thermal comfort from evapotranspiration. The effect of the strategy will be to reduce flooding and the need for remediation works post flooding events, which will reduce waste as less flood Opportunity to promote Public consultation on Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. Case studies included in the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy can help spread good practice in new developments Public consultation on Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. Case studies included in the Local Flood Risk Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote additional capacity for the sewer system to manage wastewater, reducing the potential for combined sewer overflows. waste produced in Waltham Forest. from becoming overwhelmed. damaged materials we need to be replaced, this will have a positive effect with regard to carbon emissions. Management Strategy can help spread good practice in new developments Page 97 Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Land Use of brownfield and green-field sites Page 98 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure The redevelopment of underutilised and untidy brownfield sites for more productive uses is being encouraged through the planning process. None identified – planning documents prioritise development to brownfield land. No negative impacts to mitigate Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote Implementation of policy, meetings with landowners and developers. New green spaces will be created, including through soft SuDS measures on development sites. Bio-diversity Effects on biodiversity including green space, trees, rivers and streams Provision of new None identified. green features in developments such as landscaping & SuDS can also sequester carbon in the atmosphere as they grow. Open areas also reduce the heat No negative impacts to mitigate. SuDS has the potential to promote local biodiversity through considered planting and habitat creation. There are many different ways in Public consultation on Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure island effect and local over heating especially in urban areas. Page 99 Transport N/A Buildings Adaptability of buildings to heat or flooding . Use of green roofs, rainwater harvesting etc. New buildings, and the refurbishment of existing buildings, will secure high environmental standards that are adaptable to the impacts of climate change; including increased risk of flooding. Mitigation of potential over Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote which SuDS can be provided to suit individual site conditions and therefore the varieties of potential habitats that can be developed are just as varied. Intensification through new developments will have a negative impact. In areas of flood risk a site specific flood risk assessment will be required outlining proposals for flood resistant design and the incorporation of SuDs etc. Public consultation on Local Flood Risk Management Strategy. Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or – tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote heating through additional open space as part of new developments. Page 100 Commentary on any differences in financial costings for climate change mitigation / adaptation measures including energy efficiency and potential external grant sources External funding from the Flood Defence Grant in Aid has been used to appoint consultants to carry out drainage investigations and prepare scheme proposals for some suffering from surface water flooding. Cost of incorporating SuDS into new developments to be met by development industry. Potential “whole life costing” savings ie: increased installation costs will achieve running cost savings over lifetime; including reduced use of resources eg: water saving devices Designing and implementing the most effective SuDS schemes requires involving a variety of relevant professionals from the beginning of the masterplanning process. A SuDS scheme should be designed with maintenance in mind, the whole life cost should be considered at the design stage. The design life of the SuDS scheme should ideally match the design life of the development as a whole. There are three basic levels of maintenance required for SuDS features: Regular maintenance – Litter removal and inlet/outlet inspection, grass cutting. Occasional maintenance – Silt removal, weed killing and suction sweeping of permeable pavements. Remedial works required – Carry out if required although this should normally be designed out, at least for the first 20 years. SuDS features should be designed so that they can be maintained easily by the appropriate management bodies. Given that the SuDS features have been well constructed and regular maintenance has been carried out there should be no need for remedial works within the first 20 years. Good Practice Page 101 Provide a simple schedule of maintenance tasks required. Engage early with stakeholders likely to have maintenance responsibilities. Monitor operation and maintenance costs for the measures proposed following implementation. There may be a mix or bodies responsible for maintenance on any one project, such as Local Authorities, Water Authorities, site owners, housing associations, tenants and private residents, together with voluntary organisations. Consider opportunities to attract local interest and community engagement on promotion and general up keep of SuDS, by involving local schools, Wildlife Trusts and other voluntary organisations. Explanation of Proposal chosen in context of results matrix assessment, including what mitigating steps can and have been taken Producing a Local Flood Risk Management Strategy is a statutory duty under the Flood and Water Management Act. The contents of the document sets out the Council’s understanding of flood risk in the borough, and how it will work with partners to minimise the impact of flooding and the increased levels of risk associated with climate change; taking account of the matters raised in this assessment. This work will contribute to wider work to tackle climate change locally. In addition to the matrix above, the Local Flood Risk Management Strategy has also been informed by a separate Strategic Environmental Assessment; which ensures the document performs well against environmental objectives. Page 102 Agenda Item 6 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date CABINET 21 April 2015 Report Title Local Growth Fund: Housing Development Programme 2015-17 Cabinet Portfolio Councillor Khevyn Limbajee, Portfolio Lead Member for Housing Report Author/ Contact details Ken Jones, Director of Housing and Growth Tel: 0208 496 6825 E-mail: [email protected] Wards affected Higham Hill, Cathall, Hoe Street, Wood Street, Hatch Lane, Chapel End, Hale End and Highams Park, Valley, Endlebury, Chingford Green (more may be added during delivery of project). Public Access OPEN Appendices Appendix 1: List of Potential Sites Appendix 2: Summary of HRA Capital Programme Appendix 3: Climate Change Impact Matrix Appendix 4: Equalities Analysis Screening 1. SUMMARY 1.1 On 9 September 2014 Cabinet approved an increase in Housing Revenue Account (HRA) borrowing of £7.128m and the use of £3.055m of retained Right to Buy receipts to fund the delivery of 48 new Council homes under the Local Growth Fund Council home building programme. 1.2 This report is seeking Cabinet authority to proceed with procuring contracts to deliver these new build council homes for rent on a number of Council owned garage or former garage sites. It is also seeking Cabinet approval for the use of further HRA resources and Right to Buy receipts to develop additional garage sites for new homes. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 For the reasons set out in this report, Cabinet is recommended to: 2.1.1 Delegate authority to the Portfolio Lead Member for Housing in consultation with the Director of Housing and Growth: $svx5km42.doc Page 1 of 20 Page 103 (a) to approve the final list of preferred sites identified from the list of sites detailed in Appendix 1 and to proceed with the programming and development of the final sites to enable the delivery of a minimum of 48 new council homes within the allocated budget of £10.183m. 2.1.2 Delegate authority to the Portfolio Lead Member for Housing in consultation with the Director of Housing and Growth to approve: (b) the use of further Housing Revenue Account resources up to a maximum of sum of £12.494m; and/or (c) the use of receipts received from Right to Buy sales up to a maximum sum of £ 5.355m for the development of sites which cannot be funded through the total Local Growth Fund programme budget of £10.183m and / or by the deadline of March 2017 to provide additional homes. 2.1.3 Delegate authority to the Portfolio Lead Member for Housing in consultation with the Director of Housing and Growth to (within the agreed programme budget as set out in recommendation 2.1.1 and 2.1.2): (a) approve the tendering process and business case for projects; (b) commission a complete design service, employer’s agent service, and any other client supporting services as required to deliver the programme; (c) award contracts for the construction of the new Council homes; and (d) vary the sites and projects in the programme as required to meet funding deadlines and delivery targets. 2.1.4 Agree that the Portfolio Holder may delegate any of the above delegations to the Director of Housing & Growth (or another officer following consultation with the Director of Housing & Growth) where those decisions are not key decisions. 2.1.5 Note that the Council’s General Scheme of Delegation will otherwise apply to the implementation of the Programme set out in this report or as agreed by the Portfolio Holder or Director of Housing and Growth in accordance with 2.1.1. to 2.1.4 above. 3. PROPOSALS Background 3.1 The Local Growth Fund Council home building programme was approved by Cabinet on 9 September 2014. Specifically Cabinet approved the application to the Department of Communities and Local Government (DCLG) to increase the Council’s Housing Revenue Account (HRA) borrowing headroom by £7.128m to part fund the $svx5km42.doc Page 2 of 20 Page 104 construction of 48 new council homes for affordable rent on Council owned garage sites. 3.2 Cabinet also approved the use of £3.055m of the Council’s retained Right to Buy receipts to provide the remainder of the funding for this programme, creating a total approved capital budget of £10.183m. 3.3 As a condition of the DCLG borrowing approval, the new homes must be completed by March 2017. Proposed housing development sites 3.4 From May to December 2014, a review of the Council’s garage sites was undertaken and 32 were identified as the most suitable for the delivery of new council homes. These are listed in Appendix 1. This review built on the work previously undertaken as part of the Garage Development Strategy, approved by Cabinet on 8 November 2011, the purpose of which was to deliver improvements to Council garage sites by means of refurbishment, redevelopment and disposal. 3.5 The attached site list at Appendix 1 has been updated since the previous Local Growth Fund Cabinet Report on 9 September 2014; a number of Council owned garage courts in Billericay have been removed because they are not located in the Borough and are therefore not eligible for the allocated funding. Replacement sites in Waltham Forest have now been identified and are included in the updated list. 3.6 Of the 32 sites that have been identified, an initial 19 sites have the capacity to deliver circa 54 units leaving a further 13 reserve sites with potential for up to 45 more units. The reserve sites are included to ensure that there are enough sites to build a minimum of 48 new homes by March 2017, as by their nature many of the garage sites may have constraints which could make them difficult to develop, particularly within the required timeframe. These constraints will be identified and assessed as part of the ongoing design process and may include the need for party wall agreements, the relocation of services, planning and access issues, rights of light, and obtaining vacant possession. 3.7 The Council’s joint venture company, NPS London Limited (NPSL), is preparing detailed design proposals for the 32 sites. NPSL was formed on 1 March 2007 when the Council entered into a 10 year joint venture with NPS Property Consultants for the provision of multi-disciplinary design and property services. The joint venture company, NPSL is jointly owned by the Council and NPS with the annual profits being shared. 3.8 Work is also being undertaken by NPSL to assess the build costs and risks to delivery for each site. This will identify which sites can be progressed through the Local Growth Fund programme for completion by March 2017. Council officers will seek to maximise the number of new homes that can be delivered within the programme budget of £10.183m. $svx5km42.doc Page 3 of 20 Page 105 Extension of Programme - Additional Delivery 3.9 There will be a number of deliverable sites that cannot be developed by the deadline of March 2017 due to the constraints mentioned above and/or they are not able to be developed within the total programme budget of £10.183m, but for which full feasibility studies will have been prepared by NPSL. Therefore Cabinet is asked to delegate authority to the Portfolio Lead Member for Housing, in consultation with the Director of Housing and Growth, to allocate as required additional HRA resources and Right to Buy sales receipts to deliver new homes on these sites as set out in recommendation 2.1.2. 3.10 The HRA Capital Programme (summary attached in Appendix 2) was approved by Cabinet in February 2015. The approved programme includes £12.494m from 2015/16 to 2019/20 for the delivery of Council new build schemes, yet to be identified. The proposal is to use this funding to deliver homes on garage sites that are included in the list in Appendix 1 which cannot be funded through the Local Growth Fund budget of £10.183m. 3.11 On 19 June 2012 Cabinet gave approval for the Council to enter into an agreement with the DCLG to allow the Council to retain a proportion of the receipts from Right to Buy sales for the delivery of new affordable rented homes. This money can be used to fund up to 30% of the total scheme development costs. It is therefore proposed that up to £5.355m of Right to Buy receipts are used alongside the £12.494m of HRA borrowing to deliver sites included in the list in Appendix 1 that cannot be delivered within the Local Growth Fund budget. Programme Delivery 3.12 Feasibility studies have been prepared for each of the sites and are being worked up to detailed designs and it is intended that this will be taken forward to planning application stage by NPSL. These costs will be met out of the total Local Growth Fund Programme budget. 3.13 This report requests permission from Cabinet to continue to commission NPSL to provide a comprehensive design and project management service through to the completion of the developments. This will include architectural services, cost consultancy, technical support and project management. This appointment falls within the scope of the joint venture agreement. 3.14 To meet the challenging build completion deadline of March 2017, the target is to submit planning applications, on a phased basis, by the end of May 2015, and for planning permissions to be in place by September 2015. 3.15 In parallel, Council officers are preparing to procure contractor(s) to construct the new homes. Procurement of the construction contract is considered to be one of the key risks to the delivery of the programme. Although there are potentially many contractors who are capable of building the new Council homes, there is currently high demand for $svx5km42.doc Page 4 of 20 Page 106 construction work in London. Contractors are therefore being selective about what they bid for and contract prices are rising significantly as the contractors’ workloads increase and skilled craftsmen are in short supply. 3.16 The sites in the programme, which are dispersed across the borough, are small and relatively complicated to deliver and have been identified as increasing the risk of procuring the construction contract(s). Therefore Council officers and NPSL have undertaken a significant amount of work to assess various procurement routes and to gauge demand, including organising a soft market testing event on 12 February 2015 and having direct conversations with potential contractors. 3.17 In order to offer the contract to the widest possible market the Council is currently intending to proceed with a full OJEU procurement; however, this will put pressure on the delivery programme. The alternative option is to procure through an existing public sector framework, such as those set up by other Local Authorities or Housing Associations. This option is being explored, but given the limited number of contractors on any given framework, there is a significant risk that this route would not deliver sufficient or suitable bids. 3.18 To allow enough time to appoint a contractor this year, PreQualification Questionnaires (PQQ) should be issued by early May 2015, the Invitation to Tender (ITT) before the end of June and returns should be invited by the end of July. This would allow the contractor(s) to be selected by mid-August 2015. The contractor(s) will then begin work on the detailed technical design, with a view to starting on site by January 2016. 3.19 Given the tight timescale to procure a contractor and the risks associated with the procurement process, officers will need the flexibility to move the process on quickly, or to proceed with an alternative procurement route if necessary. 3.20 Cabinet approval is therefore being sought to delegate powers to the Portfolio Lead Member for Housing, in consultation with the Director of Housing & Growth, to approve the procurement and award of contracts to deliver the programme, including awarding contracts with values over £1m, to facilitate the speedy delivery of this home building programme. 4. OPTIONS & ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 4.1 The Local Growth Fund Council home building programme was approved by Cabinet on 9 September 2015 and is progressing well. This report is seeking delegated authority to the Portfolio Lead Member for Housing, in consultation with the Director of Housing & Growth, to finalise the programme and to proceed with the procurement and appointment of the contractor(s). If delegated authority is not granted, further Cabinet reports will be required prior to the appointment of the chosen contractor(s). There is a risk that this could add a delay to an $svx5km42.doc Page 5 of 20 Page 107 already tight programme, and could therefore result in the Council not achieving the delivery deadline of March 2017. 4.2 Sites have been identified to deliver more than the minimum 48 units required by DCLG. Officers will seek to maximise the number of units that are delivered within the agreed programme budget. However it is expected that the garage sites will provide opportunities for more homes than can be delivered within the approved £10.183m Local Growth Fund council home building programme budget. Cabinet approval is therefore requested to allow the Portfolio Lead Member for Housing, in consultation with the Director of Housing and Growth, to allocate additional funds to deliver these. The Housing Revenue Account Capital Programme, approved by Cabinet on 17 February 2015 included £12.494m for the delivery of new homes on schemes yet to be identified. The Council has also accumulated over £14m of Right to Buy receipts which must be spent on the delivery of new affordable rented homes; it is therefore proposed that up to £5.355m of such Right to Buy receipts will be used alongside £12.494m of HRA borrowing to deliver sites included at Appendix 1. 4.3 Council officers are also looking at ways to fund the construction of additional new council homes. Potential sources of finance include Greater London Authority (GLA) grants, Right to Buy receipts and the reallocation of HRA resources to new delivery. However given the restrictions on each of these sources of funding, other funding streams are being considered such as setting up a special purpose vehicle, for example a Council Owned Housing Company or a Joint Venture. Such a delivery vehicle would significantly increase the Council’s home building programme and provide greater flexibility in terms of the types of new homes built. It will take a few months to get all the specialist legal, financial and property advice required to consider the full implications of setting up a new housing delivery vehicle; Cabinet will be updated in future reports going forward. 5. SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) 5.1 Supporting affordable housing for everyone’s needs is one of the Council’s priorities for 2015-18 and to help achieve this, the Council is committed to its own housing new build programme. 5.2 Delivering new council homes will help to improve housing quality and choice, with the right kind of homes in the right kind of places. This helps to meet the Sustainable Community Strategy objective to effectively manage population growth and change. 5.3 Delivering new homes on garage sites will also contribute to the Council’s regeneration objectives. Many of the garage sites are in a poor state of repair and attract anti-social behaviour. Redevelopment for housing will regenerate this underused land, improve local neighbourhoods and improve community safety by reducing anti-social behaviour. $svx5km42.doc Page 6 of 20 Page 108 5.4 The completed homes will also help to facilitate the Marlowe and Montague Road estate regeneration projects by providing new homes to assist with re-housing some of the tenants from these estates. 6. CONSULTATION 6.1 The Local Growth Fund council home building programme was approved at Cabinet on 9 September 2014. The Garage Development Strategy was approved by Cabinet on 8 November 2011. The recent review of garage sites identifying those with potential for delivering new homes has built on the work undertaken as part of the original Garage Development Strategy. 6.2 For the initial list of sites, letters were sent on 20 February 2015 to Ward Councillors, garage tenants and residents directly surrounding each garage site to inform them of the Council’s intention to redevelop the site for new homes. Ward councillors have also been provided with a more detailed briefing note, providing further information about the programme. 6.3 Details of the proposals for each site will be provided to residents, garage tenants and Members before the planning applications are submitted, to allow comments on the proposals to be reviewed. Residents will also be able to comment on the scheme designs as part of the statutory planning application process. As the Council is the developer each and every planning application will be considered by the Planning Committee. 6.4 A dedicated Council Home Building Programme webpage will be set up that will provide regularly updated information on individual sites in the programme, particularly at key milestones including design proposals, planning application, planning approval, start on site and other construction milestones. 6.5 If any of the reserve sites proceed to development, consultation will be carried out in the same way. 7. IMPLICATIONS Finance, Value for Money and Risk 7.1 The proposed Local Growth Fund council home building programme has an approved capital cost budget of £10.183m and will be financed from an increase in HRA borrowing of £7.128m and £3.055m of the Council’s retained Right to Buy receipts. This budget was agreed by Cabinet on 9 September 2015. 7.2 This capital expenditure will be spread across 2015/16 and 2016/17. DCLG requires that all the new homes must be complete by March 2017 as a condition of the borrowing approval. 7.3 Since 2012/13 the Council has retained a portion of Right to Buy receipts to deliver new affordable rented homes. This has resulted in $svx5km42.doc Page 7 of 20 Page 109 an accumulation of over £14m of receipts, which must be spent within three years or returned to the Treasury with interest. Part of this funding can be used to supplement the capital programme funding by up to £5.355m, providing the additional schemes meet the requirements of the Right to Buy agreement. There are spend deadlines from December 2015 and every quarter thereafter, so this programme will help to ensure that some of this money is spent locally on delivering new affordable housing. 7.4 The first 48 completed homes will be let at Council housing rent levels (social rent). Any additional new homes will be let at affordable rents. These rents will be pooled with other Council housing rents in the HRA to be used to pay for the management and maintenance of all Council homes as well as servicing the HRA borrowing. 7.5 Provision of new homes for rent helps the Council to meet the demand for affordable housing in the borough and mitigate the financial pressure on the homelessness budget. 7.6 As the proposals are to build council homes for rent they will be subject to the Right to Buy, unless exempt because they are for a specified supported housing need, for example wheelchair users. Tenants who meet the eligibility requirements – currently 5 years tenancy – will be able to apply to buy these new homes. However, the homes will be subject to a “cost floor” meaning that they cannot be sold for less than the Council spent in building them. This will apply for 15 years after the incurred expenditure. 7.7 The Procurement Team will advise on each of the procurement options and the final procurement route will be subject to approval by the Council’s Strategic Procurement Board. All tenders will be reviewed by the Council’s joint venture company NPSL, acting as Employer’s Agent, and costs will be benchmarked against anticipated rates and other construction cost indices. 7.8 Given the current high demand for construction work in London, procuring a contractor and ensuring value for money in construction is considered to be a significant risk to the project, along with meeting the funding delivery deadline of March 2017. The recommendations made in this report are intended to mitigate these risks by giving the flexibility to pursue alternative procurement routes if the first route proves unsuccessful, subject to approval by Strategic Procurement Board. 7.9 Flexibility has also been built into the programme, through the identification of sufficient sites to deliver more than the minimum requirement of 48 new homes. This will help to ensure that at least 48 Council homes are delivered by March 2017 within the available budget, although the intention is that the total number of homes will be greater than this. Legal 7.10 The Council may rely on its powers under s.1 of the Localism Act to make these decisions and implement the proposed programme. Section 1 of the Localism Act 2011 introduced a new “general power of $svx5km42.doc Page 8 of 20 Page 110 competence” for local authorities who now have power to do anything that an individual may do, rather than be limited to those things which are related to or necessary for the discharge of an existing function of the authority. There are however statutory limitations on local authorities’ pre-existing powers and functions. 7.11 Section 2 of the Localism Act 2011 sets out the express limitations on the power for an authority to do anything that an individual generally may do and will need to be taken into consideration when exercising the general power of competence under Section (1) (1) of the Localism Act 2011. There are no express limitations to the use of this power that affect these decision but the legislative frameworks set out below must still be complied with. 7.12 Local Government Act 2003 (c.26), Part 1, Chapter 1 gives a local authority power to borrow or invest for any purpose relevant to its functions under any enactment or for the purposes of the prudent management of its financial affairs; requiring local authorities to selfregulate their capital finance, borrowing and investment activities. Statutory Instrument (SI) 3146/2003—the Local Authorities (Capital Finance and Accounting) (England) Regulations 2003—develops the controls and powers in the Act and requires local authorities to have regard to the CIPFA Prudential Code for Capital. 7.13 The Secretary of State has powers conferred under Sections 171 Localism Act 2011 and Section 173 Localism Act 2011 to issue a Housing Revenue Account borrowing determination to the Council for each of the two years 2015/16 and 2016/17 to allow the Council to increase the level of borrowing. The current determination was made on March 2015 - The London Borough of Waltham Forest (Limits in Indebtedness) Determination 2015 - and updated the Limits on Indebtedness Determination 2012. The proposals fall within the current determination. 7.14 Procurement will be carried out in accordance with the Council’s Contract Procedure Rules and the Public Contracts Regulations 2015. The construction contract(s) may be procured through frameworks which the Council may lawfully use. Equalities and Diversity 7.15 An Equalities Analysis Screening Form was completed for this council home building programme for the September 2014 Cabinet report. The construction of the new homes in itself will not have any adverse equalities impact. 7.16 Some of the garages proposed for redevelopment are let under licence, so some people will lose the use of the garages. However, where possible garage occupiers will be offered an alternative garage should they wish to continue renting one. 7.17 A minimum of 10% of the new homes will be specifically designed and built to meet the needs of wheelchair users and the remainder to Lifetime Homes standard. All the new homes will be allocated to local households on the Housing Register according to the Waltham Forest $svx5km42.doc Page 9 of 20 Page 111 Local Tenancy Strategy and Allocations Scheme, which had a comprehensive Equality Assessment and was approved by Cabinet in December 2012 and effective from September 2013. Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 7.18 The new homes will meet the minimum national, regional and local standards for sustainable development– currently Code for Sustainable Homes level 4 and a requirement to reduce carbon emissions by 40% from 2010 Building Regulations standard. 7.19 The new homes will be built on ‘brownfield’ sites, some of which currently attract anti-social behaviour including vandalism and flytipping. The new homes should remove the opportunity for this antisocial behaviour, improve the local environment and provide good quality energy efficient homes for local households. Council Infrastructure 7.20 The Council has appointed a member of staff through an agency, who is skilled in housing development project management, to manage the project to completion. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) 1. Cabinet Report 17 February 2015 – Housing Revenue Account Budget and Housing Rents and Charges 2. Cabinet Report 9 September 2014 – Local Growth Fund: Housing Revenue Account Borrowing Programme 2015-16 and 2016-17 3. Local Growth Fund: Housing Revenue Account Borrowing Programme (2015-16 and 2016-17) prospectus and supporting documents published by the DCLG in April 2014 4. Cabinet Report 8 November 2011 - Garage Development Strategy $svx5km42.doc Page 10 of 20 Page 112 APPENDIX 1: List of Potential Sites Site Ward Number of garages (occupied) Proposed number of units (TBC) 1 Southwell Grove Road (adj Cathall to 67), E11 4PP 4 (2) 1 x 2 bed house 2 McEntee Avenue (opposite Higham Hill 41-49 / bordering gardens of 14-16 Valognes Ave), E17 5NU 10 (3) 1 x 3 bed house 3 McEntee Avenue(rear of 4- Higham Hill 10 Garnett Way shops), E17 5PE 8 (2) 1 x 2 bed house 4 The Mile End (adjacent to 11), E17 5QE Higham Hill 3 (1) 1 x 2 bed house 5 Rosslyn Road (adjacent to 15), E17 9EU Wood Street 13 (2) 2 x 3 bed houses 6 Church Hill Road (adjacent to 6 Shernall St, facing Shernall St), E17 9RX Hoe Street 9 (7) 2 x 3 bed houses 7 St Mary Road (rear of 126), access off Folkestone Road, E17 9SD Hoe Street 8 (2) 6 x 1 bed flats 8 St Leonards Avenue (adjacent to 19), E4 9QX Hatch Lane 23 (13) 2 x 1 bed flats Wadham Avenue (adjacent to Sports Centre / Playing field), E17 4HS Chapel End Mill House, IG8 0UL Hatch Lane 9 10 2 x 2 bed flats 18 (10) 2 x 1 bed flats 3 x 2 bed flats 3 x 3 bed flats* 11 (6) 1 x 1 bed flats 2 x 2 bed flats** 11 Hale End Road, Lester House, IG8 9LH Hale End & Highams Park 5 (2) 2 x 2 bed flats 12 Churchill Terrace, E4 8DA Valley 12 (6) 4 x 1 bed flats 1 x 2 bed flats $svx5km42.doc Page 11 of 20 Page 113 Site Ward Number of garages (occupied) Proposed number of units (TBC) 13 Rowan Avenue (between 10 and 28), E4 8QT Valley 5 (0) 2 x 2 bed houses 14 Laburnum Close, E4 8RT Valley 10 (2) 2 x 2 bed houses 15 Hazel Way, (between 6 and 16 and between 78 and 25), E4 8RT Valley 8 (6) 4 x 2 bed houses 16 Titley Close, Sinclair Road (opposite to 28-39) Valley 19 (6) 3 x 2 bed houses 17 Boardman Avenue (adjacent to 21), E4 7QB Chingford Green 8 (7) 2 x 2 bed flats 18 Beresford Road, 137, E4 6RS Chingford Green 8 (6) 1 x 1 bed flat Deer Leep Grove (between 24 & 26), E4 7RU Chingford Green 14 (11) 19 5 (1) 2 x 2 bed flats* 2 x 2 bed flats 54 units in total Batch 2 (reserve sites) 20 Mayfield Road, 48, E17 5RH Higham Hill 16 (12) 3 x 3 bed houses 21 Millfield Avenue, corner between 72&12) E17 5HL Higham Hill 6 (3) 1 x 2 bed house 22 The Avenue, (Marien Court, Hatch Lane next to no. 49), E4 9LB 8 (3) 4 x 3 bed houses 23 Hungerdown Estate, (3 sites), E4 6QJ 38 (12) 7 x 2 bed houses 24 Beech Hall Road, (rear of flats 196-212), E4 9NT Hale End & Highams Park 7 (0) 2 x 2 bed houses 25 Avonfield Court, E17 3RD Wood Street 2 (1) 5 x 1 bed flats 26 St George’s Court, E17 3NL Wood Street 30 (17) 8 x 2 bed houses 27 St Stephen’s Close, E17 Hoe Street 3 x 2 bed houses $svx5km42.doc Endlebury Page 12 of 20 Page 114 18 (6) Site Ward Number of garages (occupied) Proposed number of units (TBC) 12 (12) 3 x 3 bed houses 28 North Birkbeck Road, Cathall (adjacent to 1-137), E11 4JF 29 College Place, (adjacent to 11), E17 3QA Wood Street 1 (1) 1 x 2 bed house 30 Matson Court, IG8 9LD Hale End & Highams Park 8 (5) 1 x 3 bed house 31 Leyburn Close (rear of 9), E17 9RR Hoe Street 6 (1) 1 x 2 bed house 32 Retingham Way, Moresby House, E4 6RS Endlebury 0 (0) 6 x 3 bed flats 45 units in total $svx5km42.doc Page 13 of 20 Page 115 APPENDIX 2: Summary of HRA Capital Programme HOUSING CAPITAL PROGRAMME Ascham programme Council Adaptations Marlowe Road Garage Strategy Attlee Terrace Local Growth Fund Scheme New Build programme Phase 1: Essex Close garage site Wood St no 275 Warburton Terrace Marlowe Road Phase 1 Montague Rd infill site New Build (schemes to be identified) Total HRA programme Disabled Facilities Grant (Better Care Fund) Total non-HRA Housing TOTAL HOUSING PROGRAMME 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Total £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 105,812 3,719 9,100 500 1,800 9,928 0 2,587 3,203 6,784 7,625 7,780 21,223 711 1,500 500 1,800 3,564 22,251 729 1,100 0 0 6,364 19,006 747 2,100 0 0 0 21,882 766 2,200 0 0 0 1,293 1,601 1,709 0 0 1,294 1,602 4,272 4,375 3,890 0 0 803 3,250 3,890 0 0 0 0 0 21,450 766 2,200 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,022 36,923 2,767 48,644 2,745 32,541 1,245 26,093 2,715 27,131 12,494 171,332 852 852 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 852 852 37,775 48,644 32,541 26,093 27,131 172,184 (3,629) (9,445) (12,466) (1,434) (500) (1,650) (1,856) (2,048) (332) (3,564) (7,362) (9,628) (12,640) (1,584) 0 (450) (8,223) (1,138) (165) (3,564) (1,388) (9,940) (13,047) (1,260) 0 0 (2,421) (455) 0 0 0 (10,158) (14,188) (1,292) 0 0 0 (455) 0 0 0 (10,381) (14,971) (1,324) 0 0 0 (455) 0 0 (12,379) (49,552) (67,312) (6,894) (500) (2,100) (12,500) (4,551) (497) (7,128) 0 0 (36,924) (2,800) (1,090) (48,644) 0 (4,030) (32,541) 0 0 (26,093) 0 0 (27,131) (2,800) (5,120) (171,332) (852) (852) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (852) (852) (37,776) (48,644) (32,541) (26,093) (27,131) (172,184) RESOURCES Borrowing Major Repairs Reserve Revenue Contribution Lessees charges Capital Receipts Reserves L&Q receipt RTB receipts (debt repayment) RTB buy-back allowance Local Growth funding - borrowing Local Growth funding – RTB retained receipts GLA grant Total HRA Disabled Facilities Grant Total non-HRA TOTAL HOUSING RESOURCES $svx5km42.doc Page 14 of 20 Page 116 APPENDIX 3: Climate Change Impact Matrix – Local Growth Fund Council Housing Development Programme Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote Water Water conservation and surface drainage measures as required by the Code for Sustainable Homes (CfSH) level 4 minimum. Increased housing numbers resulting in increased water usage. Water conservation and surface drainage measures as required by the CfSH and Building Water use during Regulations. construction. Require water conservation measures during construction. Increase in CO2 emissions (from energy used to supply water – treatment and pumping); not measured/quantified at this stage. Design new homes to maximise water conservation and minimise flood risks. Increased housing numbers resulting in increase in energy use. Increase in CO2 emissions (from energy used by new homes and in constructing new homes); not measured/quantified at this stage. Link to community energy and heating networks being developed in the borough where possible. Water Use and Flooding Page 117 Energy Energy efficiency and conservation Energy efficiency and measures as energy saving in required by the buildings, including CfSH level 4 opportunities for installation of renewable minimum. 40% reduction on energy generation carbon emissions against 2010 building $svx5km42.doc Page 15 of 20 Energy use during construction. Design homes to meet CfSH level 4 minimum. Energy efficiency measures required as part of the construction contract. Facilitate and encourage use of water conservation measures and facilities by residents, such as rain water capture and storage for garden use. Reduce energy use in construction – maximise use of recycled materials. Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact regulations. Page 118 Potential to include photovoltaic panels, micro generation and combined Heat & Power (CHP). $svx5km42.doc Page 16 of 20 Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote Promote additional energy conservation measures e.g. – LED lights, timers etc. Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote Air Reduced car parking provision to discourage car ownership and to reduce car use; provision of cycle stores and safe cycle routes. Increased housing numbers resulting in increase in pollution from electricity and heating in homes, vehicle use and residential waste. Increase in CO2 emissions (from increased number of vehicle journeys by new residents and in constructing new homes, from domestic and construction waste); not measured/quantified at this stage. Pollution mitigation measures including pollution capturing plants. Air quality, pollution Page 119 Energy efficient dwellings reduce pollution from space heating gas boilers for e.g. Waste – reducing, reusing and recycling waste $svx5km42.doc Facilitate domestic recycling by providing dedicated recycling bin stores. Page 17 of 20 Pollution from construction activities. Bike storage facilities to encourage cycling. Mitigate pollution from construction by requiring contractor to reduce waste, reduce vehicle journeys, use less polluting vehicles, etc. Increased housing numbers resulting in increase in domestic waste. Encourage recycling by providing dedicated recycling facilities. Waste during construction Mitigate waste from construction Construction pollution reduction measures including using low emission vehicles. Sustainable transport plans, particularly cycling (Mini Holland project). Recycling household waste. Increase in CO2 emissions (from increased domestic and construction waste); not measured/quantified at this stage. Design homes to maximise the use of recycled materials and reduce waste during construction (e.g. offsite manufacturing). Savings from reducing construction waste. Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Land Page 120 Use of brown-field and green-field sites $svx5km42.doc Positive impact All the development sites are brownfield sites. Page 18 of 20 Negative impact Mitigation measure process. by requiring contractor to reduce waste and recycle. Potential for increase in developed land. Design requirement to enhance environment and provide green spaces. Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote Use waste in heating and electricity generation. Increased planting will help reduce CO2; not measured/quantified at this stage. Measures to increase bio-diversity – ‘green’ roofs and walls, roof gardens, cleverly designed landscaping. Aim is to reduce Carbon Emissions (CO2) by 80% by 2050 Positive impact Negative impact Mitigation measure Effect on CO2 emissions (+ or tonnes of CO2) Opportunity to promote Bio-diversity Bio-diversity measures as required by the Code for Sustainable Homes (CfSH) level 4 minimum. Potential for loss of self-seeded plants and some mature trees and supported fauna. Design requirement to increase biodiversity, planning obligations to provide planting and green spaces and protect existing flora and fauna. Increased planting will help reduce CO2; not measured/quantified at this stage. Measures to increase bio-diversity – ‘green’ roofs and walls, roof gardens, landscaping designed to improve and enhance biodiversity. Meet Local Plan and CfSH requirements for reduced car parking, provision of cycling facilities, and other sustainable transport obligations and requirements. Increased housing numbers resulting in increase in vehicle journeys by residents and to residents (e.g. deliveries, visitors). Potential for carfree developments, improved cycling facilities. Increase in CO2 emissions (from vehicle use by new residents and during construction); not measured/quantified at this stage. Low emission vehicles (EVs) charging points, cycling (link to Mini Holland). Effects on bio-diversity including green space, trees, rivers & streams Page 121 Transport Travelling to deliver service. Discouraging car use and encouraging walking, cycling and use of public transport $svx5km42.doc Page 19 of 20 Construction traffic. Requirement to reduce construction traffic in contract. Local sourcing to reduce distances travelled, improve delivery scheduling to reduce number of vehicle journeys, use of low emission vehicles. Commentary on any differences in financial costings for climate change mitigation / adaptation measures including energy efficiency and potential external grant sources The current minimum standard for new homes as required by planning policy and regulations is the Code for Sustainable Homes (CfSH) level 3. The new council homes will be specified to a minimum of level 4, which is the level required by the Greater London Authority (GLA) as a condition of grant funding, though the Council will be seeking to achieve a higher specification. Moving from CfSH level 3 to 4 will add circa £1,000 to the build cost for each dwelling, achieving level 5 will add an additional circa £18,000 build cost per dwelling (Source: Cost of building to the Code for Sustainable Homes, updated cost review; DCLG; August 2011). Page 122 Potential “whole life costing” savings ie: increased installation costs will achieve running cost savings over lifetime; including reduced use of resources eg: water saving devices The programme will be delivered with a whole life cost approach to feasibility and viability including: Procurement – land, design, construction, and finance charges; In-use – energy efficiency, water conservation, maintenance, refurbishment and component replacement. The savings will be quantified as part of the design and specification of schemes and projects in the programme. Explanation of Proposal chosen in context of results matrix assessment, including what mitigating steps can and have been taken Specifying the new homes to a minimum of CfSH level 4 will help mitigate the adverse effects of building the new homes and the homes in use. The Council is committed to increasing the number of homes in the borough. Achieving a high CfSH level for the new council homes will contribute to mitigating the climate change impact of these new homes above the minimum mitigation measures required by national, regional and local [town] planning policies. Total Tonnes of CO2 & DEC rating of building to be occupied: TO BE QUOTED DIRECTLY IN CABINET REPORT Rating not available at this stage as detailed design work has not yet been undertaken. $svx5km42.doc Page 20 of 20 GUIDANCE TOOL This Tool assists services in determining whether their plans and decisions will require a full Equalities Analysis. EAs help the Council comply with its duty under s.149 of the Equality Act 2010 to have “due regard” to specified equality matters. They are required in most cases but, in some cases, an EA is not necessary or is only necessary for certain aspects of a decision. Full guidance on the Council’s duties and EAs and the full EA template is available at http://forestnet.lbwf.gov.uk/index/residents-first/equalities/equality-analysis.htm The Council understands that whilst its equalities duty applies to all services, it is going to be more relevant to some decisions than others. We need to be pragmatic and ensure that the detail of Equality Analyses (EAs) are proportionate to the impact of decisions on the equality duty. In some cases a full EA is not necessary and/or the equalities duties do not apply. In other cases, only part of a decision will require an EA to ensure the Council has due regard to its equality duties. The following examples are intended to assist: Where might an EA not be required? In short, wherever a decision has a more than minimal or theoretical adverse or negative impact on those with protected characteristics, for example, if the Council is considering: • Ceasing a service • Reducing a service or reducing it in particular areas, e.g. closing an office in Leyton but not Walthamstow • Changes to the way a service is delivered, e.g. moving to personalisation or moving to online access only • Changes to eligibility criteria, rules or practices for a service • Changes to discretionary fees and charges • Where it can be proven that the decision has no equalities impact– with particular focus on negative impacts on service users and residents • Where it can be proven that the decision has a minimal or theoretical equalities impact (and so does not need to be considered) • Where the decision is mandatory and there is no element of discretion (e.g. to adopt a member’s code of conduct or similar) • In rare cases, where a previous EA exists and a review shows that it is still relevant at the time of the final decision, i.e. the facts have not changed Page 123 Where will a full EA be required? Important: • The EA screening tool should not be used to mask over any equality impacts or as a “get out”. • There can be a negative equality impact even if you think that overall, you are proposing changes that will make services better. If there is an adverse or negative impact, you must complete a full EA. • Negative impacts are often indirect, i.e. a rule that is on its face of universal impact but has greater impact on some groups in practice e.g. due to the ethnic makeup of an area. • In most cases, the screening process requires a degree of collation and analysis of evidence. If this requires a lot of work, consider whether it is actually simpler to omit the screening process and undertake a full EA. • The equality duty continues up to and after the final decision. If proposals or facts change before the final decision, any screening tool will need to be reviewed and evidenced. • Any consultation undertaken should also inform the screening process, e.g. issues raised by those affected. Monitoring should take place after a decision as part of service delivery. • The completed screening template will be attached to Cabinet or other decision making report and so it must include sufficient detail to justify the decision not to carry out a full EA. What to do? The screening process should be used on ALL new proposals, policies, projects, functions, saving proposals, major developments or planning applications, or when revising them, if there is no negative equality impact or there is uncertainty about whether there is a negative equality impact. However, If your proposal is of a significant nature and it is apparent from the outset that a full EA will be required, then you do not need to complete this screening template and can progress directly to a full EA. If a negative/adverse impact has been identified during completion of the screening tool, a full EA MUST be undertaken. If you have not identified any negative/ adverse impacts arising from your proposal you do not need to undertake a full EA. However, make sure you have explained clearly why the proposal does not have any negative/adverse impact. If your proposal is going to Cabinet or Committee (e.g. Planning or Licensing) and you are not undertaking a full EA, you must: a. share your report and completed screening tool with Shahid Mallam, Performance & Improvement Team, who will check and challenge your findings and b. use the following wording under the Equality & Diversity paragraph in the Cabinet report: “An initial screening exercise of the equality impact of this decision was undertaken and determined there was no / minimal impact (delete as appropriate) on the Council’s equality duty.” Attach the completed template as an appendix to your report. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TOOL GUIDANCE 1. Proposal / Project Title: Local Growth Fund: Housing Revenue Account Borrowing Programme 2015-16 and 2016-17 2. Brief summary of the above: (include main aims, proposed outcomes, recommendations / decisions sought) Report seeking Cabinet approval to increase Housing Revenue Account borrowing by £7m to part fund the construction of 48 new Council homes for rent on Council owned garage sites. 3. Considering the equality aims (eliminate unlawful discrimination; advance equality of opportunity; foster good relations) indicate for each protected group whether there may be a positive impact, negative (adverse) impact, or no impact arising from the proposal. 4. Protected 4 Characteristic (Equality Group) . Page 124 Positive Impact Negative Impact No Impact Age ☒ ☐ ☐ The new homes will be made available to adults (18+) who are legally able to enter into tenancy agreements, some households will include children. Disability ☒ ☐ ☐ Circa 10% of the new homes will be built to full wheelchair accessibility standards, the remainder to lifetime homes standards. Pregnancy and Maternity ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ All the new homes will have two or more bedrooms so will be suitable for this group. Race ☒ ☒ Religion or Belief ☒ ☐ ☐ All the new homes will be made available to households of all religions or beliefs on the basis of housing need. Sex (Including Gender Re-assignment) ☒ ☐ ☐ All the new homes will be made available to households of all genders on the basis of housing need. Sexual Orientation ☒ ☐ ☐ All the new homes will be made available to households of any sexual orientation on the basis of housing need. Marriage and Civil Partnership ☒ ☐ ☐ All the new homes will be made available to households of partnership arrangements on the basis of housing need. ☒ Briefly explain your answer. Consider evidence, data and any consultation. http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/Pages/Services/Statistics-economic-information-and-analysis.aspx) All the new homes will be made available to households of all races on the basis of housing need. 5. There 5 are no negative/adverse impact(s) If. you have not identified any negative/adverse impacts please briefly explain your answer, providing evidence to support decision. There are no negative impacts on protected groups of the proposal to build new council homes for rent. The garages that will be demolished have not been provided for any protected group, garage licences were and are not issued on the basis of the need of any protected group, all the garages to be demolished are too small to accommodate most modern vehicles as they are not wide enough, this size restriction actually prevents use of the garages by most people and particularly people with a physically disability or impairment. Displaced garage users wishing to continue renting a garage will be offered other garages elsewhere. 6. Describe how opportunities to advance equality and foster good relations for any of the protected characteristics has been taken up (where relevant). The new homes will be allocated to households in housing need as assessed and prioritised according to the Waltham Forest Local Tenancy Strategy and Allocations Scheme approved by Cabinet on 4th December 2012 which was subject to a full and comprehensive Equalities Analysis to ensure equality of opportunity and no adverse impact on or discrimination against protected groups in terms of access to council homes for rent (and other accommodation). Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING 7. As 6 a result of this screening is a full EA . necessary (Please check ☒ appropriate box) Yes No ☐ ☒ 8. Name 7 of Lead Officer: Nick Powell Signed off by Head of Service: Page 125 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING Briefly explain your answer. There are no adverse impacts on any protected group as a result of this project; there will be a positive and beneficial impact on most if not all protected groups as the new homes will be made available to local households on the basis of housing need as assessed by the public sector equality duty compliant Waltham Forest Local Tenancy Strategy and Allocations Scheme. Job title: Head of Strategic Housing & Investment Head of Strategic Housing & Investment Name: Date screening tool completed: 31 July 2014 Date: Agenda Item 7 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date 21st April 2015 Report Title LEARNING DISABILITIES SUPPORTED LIVING SPOT PURCHASE FRAMEWORK: PERMISSION TO TENDER Cabinet Portfolio Cllr Angie Bean, Portfolio Lead Member Adults Report Author/ Contact details Pratima Solanki, Lead Commissioner People [email protected] Tel: 0208 496 3466 Wards affected ALL Public Access OPEN Appendices APPENDIX 1: Supported Living Banding Model Learning Disabilities APPENDIX 2: Equalities Analysis 1. SUMMARY 1.1 This report seeks permission to establish a framework agreement for spot purchases for learning disabilities supported living placements which are funded through Adult Social Care budgets and to delegate the approval of organisations to join the framework to the Deputy Chief Executive –Families. 1.2 The aim of establishing the framework for learning disabilities supported living spot placements is to ensure value for money placements in high quality supported living services in line with the Council’s duties under the Care Act to promote prevention, care and control for service users. 1.3 The proposals set out in this paper have been developed through the Council’s new approach to commissioning services which is led by the new Service Design Hub function. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 For the reasons set out in this report, Cabinet is recommended to agree the tender exercise to commission a framework agreement for spot placements in supported living for people with learning disabilities Page 127 with delegated authority for award of the framework agreement to the Deputy Chief Executive Families. 3. PROPOSALS 3.1 There is currently no framework agreement or over-arching governance agreement for spot placements to supported living for people with learning disabilities and placements are made on an individual basis funded through Adult Social Care budgets. In February 2015, the top 41 most expensive spot placements in supported living for people with learning disabilities had an average weekly cost of £1,264 compared with an average weekly cost of £585 per week in block contracts for supported living for this client group. These spot contracts are not regulated by CQC but also the Council does not have formalised monitoring arrangements in place. The proposed framework agreement will achieve efficiencies by applying a financial banding model based on levels of support (Appendix 1) and ensure service user’s needs/outcomes are met at the best value and minimise variations in cost. The proposed framework will also enable structured monitoring arrangements and quality assurance thus ensuring best outcomes and due diligence to safeguarding in line with the recommendations of the Winterbourne and Francis reviews. 3.2 The new framework agreement will provide quality and price governance for spot placements and is intended to secure additional capacity for supported living for people with learning disabilities. The framework agreement will also provide the Council with an opportunity of having a market of contractors with specialist, varied and targeted skills, that are service user centred and focused in delivering a safe and effective service in line with duties under the Care Act. 3.3 Waltham Forest has increasing demand in this area: demographic projections indicate an increase from 1857 Waltham Forest residents with learning disabilities in 2015 to 1956 people in 2020. There is an increase in number of young people in transition and people living in the community with older carers, this cohort of service users will need high support placements to ensure that their needs and aspirations are met. It is anticipated that approximately 231 pupils will go through transition between now and 2017. Some of these pupils are currently supported in specialist residential educational settings, and they are high risk of becoming new high cost residential service users unless their transitions are carefully planned and managed. With the advent of personalised care offering greater choice and freedoms for people who need support and their carers the public sector is invited to develop innovative care solutions. 3.4 This provision relates to efficiencies targets under the Redefining Waltham Forest programme for the Families Directorate including the reduction of high cost placements and the promotion of supported living as an alternative to higher cost residential placements. Page 128 3.5 Development of proposals through new commissioning process Led by officers from the Service Design Hub working with Adult Social Care service leads, the project to re-commission learning disabilities supported living services has been reviewing options for block contracts for which permission to tender was given by Cabinet in December 2012. The block contracts have been extended until September 2015, with a view of also transitioning these to the banded financial model. The need to address and regularise the spot placement provision was identified as part of the supply analysis and financial modelling as part of the project plan. 3.6 The new approach to commissioning places an emphasis on an outcomes focused approach, with a structured and evidenced based process for designing and appraising options for service delivery. This emerging approach was followed by the project team in the development of these proposals. The key steps taken in developing and appraising options for service delivery are summarised below: 3.6.1 Needs assessment and demand modelling – The needs assessment utilised existing national and local data to assess the level and characteristics of future demand for learning disabilities supported living in the borough. This analysis concluded that increased capacity is required to support the needs of young people in transition and people living with older carers in the community and to provide alternatives to higher cost residential care. 3.6.2 Defining the outcomes – The Council’s new approach to commissioning has a focus on outcomes at its heart. Key outcomes delivered in supported living services include enabling residents to live a good quality of life, promote independence and choice and to improve access to education, training and employment. The proposed framework will be driving these outcomes through personalised individual budgets promoting choice and control. 3.6.3 Analysis of good practice and innovation – Officers conducted extensive research, including consulting best practice Councils and reviewing best practice and benchmarking to inform the design of the service. This suggested that the Council pilot, through a framework agreement, a move towards a banding model on levels of support to improve efficiency and provide high quality support services and the promotion of community based supported living with greater independence and personalisation of services. 3.6.4 Market engagement and analysis (Appendix 3) – A market engagement event was held in March 2015, in which a wide range of service providers were consulted on the Council’s emerging proposals and this has informed the development of the preferred option. 3.6.5 Options appraisal – The final stage involved using information from the previous stages to develop and appraise a range of options for providing learning disabilities supported living services in the future. 3.7 New Model for Supported living spot purchases for people with learning disabilities Page 129 From the needs and supply analysis and financial modelling, it is recommended to establish a framework agreement for supported living placements for people with learning disabilities. This will ensure supply and quality assurance and promote value for money in spot placements. Through the tendering process and on-going contract management the Service Design Hub will ensure that the service that is being delivered will meet the diverse range of need and outcomes of the clients that are referred to it. 4. OPTIONS & ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 4.1 Continue commissioning these services on a spot basis without any regulation of pricing or monitoring -This option was ruled out because it would result in worse outcomes for people with learning disabilities and inconsistency and lack of control of the price that is paid for each spot contract. 4.2 Collaboration with another London borough – Officers explored the potential for joint procurement of learning disabilities supported living spot placements with neighbouring boroughs. Hackney and Haringey have expressed interest in joining the proposed framework agreement. Despite the potential financial benefits, this option was ruled out at this time because it would cause a significant delay to the timescale for putting new services in place and achieving better outcomes and regularisation on rates paid. 5. SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) 5.1 The recommendation in this report will enable the Council to deliver its core duty to protect vulnerable children and adults and the Council priorities of supporting affordable housing for everyone’s needs and helping all our residents enjoy a good quality of life. The recommendation will meet the strategic requirements in the Council’s Prevention Strategy and Supporting People Strategy 2010-2015 in promoting independent living and alternatives to residential care. The proposed framework agreement/ select list relates to the priorities of the Redefining Waltham Forest programme to ensure efficiencies, value for money, commissioning for outcomes and doing things differently. 5.2 The recommendation relates to the Council’s duties under the Care Act to promote people’s wellbeing to enable people to prevent and postpone the need for care and support to put people in control of their lives so they can pursue opportunities to realize their potential Page 130 to ensure people have high quality services and have a variety of providers to choose from who (taken together) provide a variety of services 5.3 The White Papers –“Valuing People, Valuing People now” and “Our Care Our Say” made it clear that people with learning disabilities should enjoy the same rights as other citizens through person focused community services that promote choice and control, independence, inclusion and fulfilling lives. 5.4 The spot purchase supported living services under the proposed framework agreement will deliver high quality support respecting dignity, ensuring safety and promoting choice. The Winterbourne investigation and Francis review highlighted abuse of people with a learning disability; services should be able to provide clear evidence that measures are in place to ensure that institutional and systematic abuse will not be tolerated. Commissioned providers will have a clear understanding of the Pan London Safeguarding procedures and ensure that they follow these and take appropriate action relating to any safeguarding concerns. 6. CONSULTATION 6.1 Officers consulted and involved a wide range of stakeholders, including providers, users and carers on the proposed objectives of the new service and the outcomes to be achieved. This involved consultation with specialist stakeholders and providers in the learning disabilities supported living field. The proposal to tender for a framework agreement for learning disabilities spot purchase placements was approved at Strategic Procurement Board on 20th March 2015. 7. IMPLICATIONS 7.1 Finance, Value for Money and Risk 7.1.1 The current highest cost 41 placements to learning disabilities supported living at an average weekly cost of £1,264 and an annual value of £2,703,452. The proposed tender for a framework agreement for supported living spot placements for people with learning disabilities together with the remodelling of block contracts will meet the target saving of £600,000 in the Redefining Families programme and ensure best value and efficiency. The care needs of all users will be assessed ahead of the procurement to ensure needs will be met within the framework and banding system. 7.1.2 The proposed framework/ select list provides no guarantee of business and the Council will look to add sufficient break-clauses into the spot contracts with providers to account for any budgetary changes. Page 131 7.2 Legal 7.2.1 The Council has the power to provide these services under section 29 of the National Assistance Act 1948 and section 2 of the Chronically Sick and Disabled Persons Act 1970. The Council has further powers to provide these services under the Care Act 2014: in certain circumstances may have a duty under Part 1 of the Care Act to provide the services. There are also additional powers and duties to provide such services for young people with special educational needs aged up to 25 under Part 3 of the Children and Families Act 2014 7.2.2 The recommendation is also in accordance with the Council’s Contract Procedure Rules (CPR) set out in Part 8 of the Constitution under which Adult Social care services packages managed by the Council on behalf of a client (managed budgets), Direct Payments and Individual Budgets are out of scope of the rules 7.2.3 The Council must also comply with the Public Services (Social Value) Act 2012 which requires that the Council must consider a. how what is proposed to be procured might improve the economic, social and environmental well-being of the relevant area, and b. How, in conducting the process of procurement, it might act with a view to securing that improvement. 7.2.4 The proposed procurement route will ensure compliance with the Council’s Contract Procedure Rules, the provisions of Public Contracts Regulations 2015 and the 2014 EU Procurement Directives. 7.2.5 It is important to note that the financial banding will only apply when considering how an individual’s assessed needs can best be met: it will not and cannot form part of the assessment process. 7.3 Equality and diversity 7.3.1 An Equality Analysis based on the latest available data has been completed. This describes implications of the proposed service model on different groups as well as suggested mitigation action where relevant (see Appendix 2). 7.4 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 7.4.1 The proposal will support improvements in the health of people with learning disabilities by improving health and well-being through a range of interventions. From the sustainability assessment, it will be ensured that the preferred providers have up to date sustainability policies in place including recycling, building use, and transportation through the proposed tender process e.g. in the specification and Pre-Qualification Questionnaire (PQQ). 7.5 Council Infrastructure (e.g. Human Resources, Accommodation or IT issues) Page 132 7.5.1 This report has no direct effect on Council Infrastructure. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) There are no background documents. Page 133 Revised banding Model for LD Supported Living Contract hours per week per user number weeks per year cost per hour indicative cost number £ £ low Support Basic minimum level low Support average ( as per block contract) upper end low need 4.00 7.00 12.00 52.14 52.14 52.14 15.00 15.00 15.00 3,128.40 5,474.70 9,385.20 Medium Support Basic minimum level Medium Support average ( as per block contract) upper end Medium need 13.00 21.00 25.00 52.14 52.14 52.14 15.00 15.00 15.00 10,167.30 16,424.10 19,552.50 High Support Basic minimum level High Support average ( as per block contract) upper end High need 26.00 39.00 60.00 52.14 52.14 52.14 15.00 15.00 15.00 20,334.60 30,501.90 46,926.00 70.00 79.00 114.00 52.14 52.14 52.14 15.00 15.00 15.00 54,747.00 61,785.90 89,159.40 Specialist Support Basic minimum level Specialist Support average ( as per block contract) Upper end Specialist need Definitions 1. Low Support Floating/peripatetic support, average 7 hours per user per week, banded from 4 to 12 hours 2. Medium Support accommodation based support and care, average 21 hours per week, banded from 13 to 25 hours 3. High Support 24-hour accommodation based support and care plus waking night care average 39 hours per week, banded from 26 to 60 hours 4. Autism as for high support , plus 1-2-1 support plus specialist/complex need support average 79 hours per week, banded from 70 to 114 hours Page 135 What is an Equality Analysis (EA) for? Decision Double click here for more information / Hide Permission to tender learning disabilities supported living spot purchase framework/select list The Council must have due regard to its Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) when making decisions at member and officer level. An EA is the best method by which the Council can provide the evidential analysis to comply with the equality duty, particularly for major decisions. However, the level of analysis required should only be proportionate to the relevance of the duty to the service or decision. Some decisions will require detailed equalities consideration, e.g. a decision on adult What is the Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED)? Date 20th February 2015 social care provision or reduction of grants to voluntary organisations, whereas the performance of other functions will have less of an equalities impact, e.g. the appointment of committees where only a limited assessment is required. In rare cases, the Courts have said there may be no impact. If you think this may be the case, then you should undertake the EA screening process first to determine if you need to complete this full EA and have a rational basis for this conclusion. Double click here for more information / Hide Page 137 The public sector equality duty (s.149, Equality Act 2010) requires the Council, when exercising its functions, to have “due regard” to the need to: 1. eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment and victimisation and other conduct prohibited under the Act, 2. advance equality of opportunity between those who share a “protected characteristic” and those who do not share that protected characteristic and 3. foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it (this involves having due regard, in particular, to the need to (a) tackle prejudice, and (b) promote understanding). These are collectively referred to in this EA as the equality aims. Advancing equality (the second equality aim) involves having due regard, in particular, to the need to: • Removing or minimising disadvantages suffered by people due to their protected characteristic • Taking steps to meet the needs of people from protected groups where these are different from the needs of other people including steps to take account of disabled people’s disabilities and • Encouraging people from protected groups to participate in public life or in other activities where their participation in disproportionately low NB Please note that, for disabled persons, the Council must have regard to the possible need for steps that amount to positive discrimination, to “level the playing field” with non-disabled persons, e.g. in accessing services through dedicated car parking spaces. IMPORTANT NOTES: 1. THIS FRONT SHEET IS AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THE EA – COMPLETE THE TEMPLATE AND SUBMIT IT AS A SINGLE DOCUMENT. 2. IN RARE CASES, WHEN COMPLETING THE ASSESSMENT IT MAY BECOME APPARENT THAT THE RECOMMENDATIONS WOULD LEAD TO UNLAWFUL DISCRIMINATION E.G. A PROPOSAL TO PAY MEN MORE THAN WOMEN. IF SO, STOP, RECONSIDER YOUR PROPOSAL AND SEEK ADVICE. THE HEAD OF SERVICE OR DIRECTOR WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEMBER LEVEL REPORTS MUST BE SATISFIED WITH THE FINALISED EQUALITY ANALYSIS AND FOR MAJOR PROPOSALS, IT IS SENSIBLE TO ENSURE YOUR LEAD MEMBER HAS BEEN CONSULTED. Fostering good relations Double click here for more information / Hide Fostering good relations involves having due regard, in particular, to the need to tackle prejudice and promote understanding. Protected Characteristics Double click here for more information / Hide Protected Characteristics defined in the Act are age; disability; gender reassignment; pregnancy and maternity; race; religion or belief; sex and sexual orientation. Marriage and civil partnership are also a protected characteristic for the first equality aim to eliminate discrimination. Guidance on compliance with the PSED for officers and decision makers Double click here for more information / Hide 1. Officers and members making a decision where there is an equality impact must give conscious and open minded consideration to the impact of the duty on the decision, e.g. be prepared to change or amend a decision although negative equalities impacts does not stop a decision being made (see 7). 2. The duty is not, however, to achieve the three equality aims but to take them into account when making the final decision – therefore, the duty does not stop difficult but justifiable decisions being made. 3. The decision maker may take into account countervailing (i.e. opposing) factors that may objectively justify taking a decision which has negative impact on equalities, e.g. financial targets, value for money or service needs. 4. The duty is ongoing: EAs should be reviewed over time and there should be evidence of how impact will be monitored after the decision. 5. The above is a general guide to this changing area of law. You should also refer to the Council’s EA Page http://forestnet.lbwf.gov.uk/index/residentsfirst/equalities/equality-analysis.htm for more detailed guidance, and specific advice from the Council’s Equalities Lead should be sought on complex issues. What to do if your proposal is scheduled for Cabinet/Committee? Double click here for more information / Hide The EA should be appended to the Cabinet or Committee report and the key findings from it should be set out in the “Equalities Implications” section of the report. This will ensure that the decision-makers are made fully aware of any equality impacts and/or any mitigation action proposed prior to making a decision. NOTE: Failure to complete an EA and implications section adequately or at all is likely to result in the deferral of consideration of the report as it places in doubt the legality and effectiveness of the overall decision. Page 138 To comply with the duty, the Council must have “due regard” to the three equality aims. This means the PSED must be considered as a relevant factor in a decision alongside other relevant matters such as budgetary, legal, economic and practical implications. What regard is “due” will depend on the circumstances of each proposal and importance of equalities to the decision being taken. Some key principles for compliance during the decision-making process are set out below: 1. The duty is mandatory and important and must be met by the decision-maker and not delegated. 2. EAs must be evidence based and accurate – negative impacts must be fully and frankly identified so the decision-maker can fully consider their impact. 3. There must be an assessment of the practical impact of decisions on equalities, measures to avoid or mitigate negative impact and their effectiveness. 4. There must be compliance with the duty when proposals are being formulated by officers and then by members or officers when taking the decision: the Council cannot rely on an EA produced after the decision is made but sometimes a “provisional” EA is appropriate e.g. before consultation on a proposal. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 2 of 21 The Proposals Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required 1. What is the Proposal? The proposal is to establish a framework agreement or select list for spot purchases for learning disabilities supported living placements which are funded through Adult Social Care budgets and to delegate the approval of organisations to join the framework/select list to the Deputy Chief Executive –Families. The aim of establishing the framework/select list for learning disabilities supported living spot placements is to ensure value for money placements in high quality supported living services in line with the Council’s duties under the Care Act to promote prevention, care and control for service users. Page 139 There is currently no framework agreement or over-arching governance for spot placements to supported living for people with learning disabilities and placements are made on an individual basis funded through Adult Social care budgets. The current value of the existing spot contracts is approximately £2.703mThe proposed framework agreement/ select list will achieve efficiencies by applying a financial banding model based on levels of support (Appendix 1) to ensure service user’s needs are met at the best value and minimising variations in cost. The proposed framework will also enhance quality assurance ensuring safeguarding in line with the recommendations of the Winterbourne and Francis reviews. The proposed tender for a framework agreement for supported living spot placements for people with learning disabilities together with the remodelling of block contracts will meet the target saving of £600,000 in the Redefining Families programme. The need for a framework agreement or select list to reduce cost of spot placements in supported living for people with learning disabilities was identified as part of the project work undertaken by the Learning Disabilities Service Design Board which has been reviewing and re-designing supported living services for people with learning disabilities in line with the Cabinet ‘s approval of permission to tender for learning disabilities supported living block contracts and the subsequent approved waiver. The proposed tender exercise for a framework agreement/ select list for spot purchases will achieve efficiencies through applying a banding system for support which has been developed as part of the financial modelling in the project. This will ensure equity across spot placements and block arrangements for both pricing and quality assurance of support. This proposed tender relates to savings identified in the Redefining Waltham Forest Families programme including reviewing the needs of people with learning disabilities in out of borough placements and facilitating move on to supported living from residential care. Learning disabilities supported living is a high strategic commissioning priority in Waltham Forest’s SP Strategy 2010-15 and a key component of the Prevention Strategy and the joint Autism Strategy with the CCG. These services support people with people with learning disabilities to develop skills towards greater independence and inclusion, with the goal of living independently within their own tenancy, preventing homelessness and social exclusion. The contracted services are part of a strengths based model of support, which enables Clients to take ownership of their lives and attain full potential. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 3 of 21 1. What is the Proposal? The recommendation in this report will enable the Council to deliver its core duty to protect vulnerable children and adults and the Council priorities of supporting affordable housing for everyone’s needs and helping all our residents enjoy a good quality of life. The recommendation will meet the strategic requirements in the Council’s Prevention Strategy, Supporting People Strategy 2010-2015 and the joint Autism Strategy with Waltham Forest CCG in promoting independent living and alternatives to residential care. The proposed framework agreement/ select list relates to the priorities of the Redefining Waltham Forest programme to ensure efficiencies, value for money, commissioning for outcomes and doing things differently The recommendation relates to the Council’s duties under the Care Act to promote people’s wellbeing Page 140 to enable people to prevent and postpone the need for care and support to put people in control of their lives so they can pursue opportunities to realize their potential to ensure people have high quality services and have a variety of providers to choose from who (taken together) provide a variety of services to ensure people have high quality services and have a variety of providers to choose from who (taken together) provide a variety of services The White Papers –“Valuing People, Valuing People now” and “Our Care Our Say” made it clear that people with learning disabilities should enjoy the same rights as other citizens through person focused community services that promote choice and control, independence, inclusion and fulfilling lives. 2. What are the recommendations? Cabinet is recommended to agree the tender exercise to commission a framework agreement/select list for spot placements in supported living for people with learning disabilities with delegated authority for award of the framework agreement/ select list to the Deputy Chief Executive Families. 3. Who is affected by the Proposal? Identify the main groups most likely to be affected by the recommendations, directly and indirectly. The proposal will affect people with learning disabilities with assessed care and support needs for supported living, their families and carers. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 4 of 21 Local context Growth in need Learning disabilities supported living is a high strategic commissioning priority in Waltham Forest’s SP Strategy 2010-15 and a key component of the Prevention Strategy and the joint Autism Strategy with the CCG. These services support people with people with learning disabilities to develop skills towards greater independence and inclusion, with the goal of living independently within their own tenancy, preventing homelessness and social exclusion. The contracted services are part of a strengths based model of support, which enables Clients to take ownership of their lives and attain full potential. The needs assessment undertaken for the Learning Disabilities supported living service re-designs indicates a high level of need for this provision in Waltham Forest. Demographic projections indicate an increase from 1857 Waltham Forest residents with learning disabilities in 2015 to 1956 people in 2020. There is an increase in number of young people in transition and people living in the community with older carers, This cohort of service users will need high support placements to ensure that their needs and aspirations are met. With the advent of personalised care offering greater choice and freedoms for people who need support and their carers the public sector is invited to develop innovative care solutions. Page 141 There are 1,784 people with autism spectrum disorder who live in Waltham Forest, rising to 1,833 by 2015. However if you apply recent prevalence estimations of autism spectrum disorders, combining data from APMS 2007 and learning disability study this is 1.1% of the population. Therefore if applied to Waltham Forest’s current population this suggests there are 2,840 people with autism in Waltham Forest. The estimated figure for people who have a learning disability (IQ less than 70) and autism is 50%. Children These services help to meet the increasing needs of young people in transition. It is anticipated that approximately 231 pupils will go through transition between now and 2017. Some of these pupils are currently supported in specialist residential educational settings, and they are high risk of becoming new high cost residential service users unless their transitions are carefully planned and managed. Age Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: The 2011 census shows that Waltham Forest has a population of 258,249. Broken down by broad age group, some 26.1% of the population (67,303) were aged 0-19, 35.8% (92,392) 20-39, 28.2% (72,988) 40-64 and 10% (25,566) were aged 65+. Compared to London and England and Wales Waltham Forest has a younger age profile with 8.1% of its population aged 0-4 and 26.1% 0-19 compared to 7.2% and 24.5% across London and 6.2% and 24% across England and Wales respectively. Those aged 20-39 (35.8%) constitute the same percentage of the population in Waltham Forest as across London as a whole (also 35.8%) compared to only 26.9% across England and Wales. Smaller proportions of the borough population are found in the 40-64 and 65+ age groups which constitute 28.2% and 10% Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Check box if NOT applicable compared to 32.7% and 16.4% across England and Wales. (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics). Children in Care: As at December 2012, we had 289 children in our care. 56% were male and 44% female. Most are in the 12-16 age bracket (35%) followed by 6-11 age group (24%). Ethnic breakdown - White: 42%; Black or Black British: 28%; Mixed race: 19%; Asian or Asian British: 6%; Other: 4%. NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Ward based data is available here: http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/Pages/Services/statistics-economic-informationand-analysis.aspx?l1=100004&l2=200088 Page 5 of 21 Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Age Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals In Waltham Forest it is estimated there are 4,514 people with learning disabilities but only 1,056 are known to health and social care services. Factors that are likely to lead to an increase in the prevalence rates for adults with learning disabilities over the next two decades are: • An increase in proportion of younger adults from South Asian communities (as evidence suggests a two to three-fold increase in severe learning disability) • Increase in the survival rates among young people with severe and complex disabilities • Reduction in the mortality rate among older adults with learning disabilities The largest number of people with learning disabilities (PLD) in Waltham Forest is between the ages of 25 and 54 indicating a future increase of older people with learning disabilities. An increase in age related illness in the next 10 to 20 years can therefore be predicted. There were 798 with learning disabilities aged 18+ years recorded on GP practices’ QOF registers in 2011/12. GP practices’ records of prevalence of learning disabilities shows that the largest number of PLD is in Leyton/Leytonstone (385), followed by Walthamstow (304) and Chingford (109). Page 142 Supported living for people is included in the Joint Autism Strategy for which a consultation exercise was conducted to engage with local people, professionals and other key stakeholders to gather their views and comments. Comments during this process made reference to an identified problem in respect of elderly people acting as carers for middle aged autistic "children", noting that older people will eventually no longer be able to care for their offspring and are very worried what will happen to them. As a response to this, a sentence has been added to the strategy to highlight this area of need and this is relevant to the provision of supported living for move on. Although a small number of people took part in this consultation, overall feedback generally showed they agreed with Waltham Forest’s vision and priorities and of the need for a local plan to be implemented. The following numbers are for open referrals between April 2012 and March 2013 for people with a diagnosis of autism:Children (under 18) 66 Adults (18+) 65 The following numbers are for open referrals between April 2012 and March 2013 for people with a diagnosis of Asperger’s. Children (under 18) 21 Adults (18+) 29 Impact on children and young people: Transition Research by Lancaster University shows that there will be an increase in young people reaching adulthood with complex needs over the next few years with a peak between now and 2020. Local evidence for Waltham Forest over the last 3 years based on the number of people transferring to adult services has shown that approximately 80% of the people requiring adult Health and Social Care services are likely to be young people with a significant learning disability with additional complex needs such as challenging behaviour, complex health and physical needs. Fifty-seven young people who reached 19 years transferred to adult services in 2011/12 with 32 of them having a significant learning disability and requiring input from Health and Social care. In addition to this 87 young people known to children’s services with an education statement reached the age of 18 years. A decision was made by the Borough of Waltham Forest to transfer people to adult services at 18 years rather than the old arrangements of 19 years and 2 terms, this has created an additional pressure in adult services. What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better Page 6 of 21 Age Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact advance equality and foster good relations? The proposed re-commissioning will ensure housing related support to people with learning disabilities including young people in transition. The intention of the proposal is to increase the capacity and quality of the services within existing resources, which would enable the service to be delivered to more people with learning disabilities. Ensure that the service specification and evaluation of services to be commissioned as part of the framework agreement/ select list will include a requirement for providers to demonstrate how they are able to meet the needs of people with a learning disability including supporting people with complex behaviour/ challenging needs. Ensure continuation of positive outcomes for people from different equality groups through a standard contract monitoring procedure. Develop more financially efficient approaches in the re-commissioning of services. Page 143 Disability Require new services to monitor age of service users and track any issues in relation to service access. Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: Look for update from latest APS / also see Borough profile update Recent data from the 2011/2012 Annual Population survey suggests there are 31,000 disabled people of working age (16-64) living in Waltham Forest of which around 16,000 are female and 15,000 male. This represents around 1 in 5 (20%) of the working age population, a higher rate than found across London (16.9%) though lower than that found in England (20.5%). 2012 data finds that across the borough some 10,350 residents claim disability living allowance with rates tending to be higher in the southern and middle wards of the borough though this data should only Check box if NOT applicable be treated as a rough indicator of the prevalence of disability. As at January 2012, some 1,299 children and young people had a statement of Special Educational Needs in Waltham Forest. (Source: 2011 Census, 2011/12 Annual Population survey, Office for National Statistics, Department for Work and Pensions, Department for Education) Notes: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Disability Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals There is a range of needs amongst people with learning disabilities. The projected growth in need in Waltham Forest is derived from Department of Health data:- Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 7 of 21 Disability Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required People with complex learning disabilities in Waltham Forest The source for this data is PANSI (Projecting Adult Needs Service Information) Moderate or severe learning disability, and hence likely to be in receipt of services Severe learning disability, and hence likely to be in receipt of services Moderate or severe learning disability and be living with a parent Down’s syndrome Page 144 2014 2015 2020 2025 2030 993 1,004 1,061 1,113 1,159 267 270 284 297 309 402 405 419 433 448 111 112 118 123 128 80 81 85 89 92 Challenging behaviour Source: PANSI (Projecting Adult Needs Service Information) Figures may not sum due to rounding Crown copyright, 2014. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 8 of 21 Disability Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required The table below provides data on disability based on open referrals for those people with a diagnosis of autism between April 2012 and March 2013 Number of adults (18+) with a diagnosis of 65 autism Number of adults open to LD services only 42 Number of adults open to LD and mental health services 7 Number of children (under 18) with a diagnosis of autism and open to CAMHS services 66 Page 145 The table below provides data on disability based on open referrals for those for those people with a diagnosis of Asperger’s between April 2012 and March 2013:Number of adults (18+) with a diagnosis of Asperger’s syndrome Number of adults with Asperger’s open to LD services only 29 Number of adults with Asperger’s open to LD and mental health services Number of children (under 18) with a diagnosis of Asperger’s syndrome, open to CAMHS services 6 1 21 People with learning disabilities (PLD) experience a higher prevalence of health conditions/risk factors compared to the general population. For example:• Obesity – 1 in 3 PLD • CHD – 2nd most common cause of death • Respiratory disease – 3 times higher than the general population Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 9 of 21 Disability Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required • Dementia – 4 times higher than the general population • Epilepsy – 20 times more common among PLD • Sudden unexplained death in epilepsy – 5 times more common in PLD than in others with epilepsy What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact Page 146 Supported living placements for people with learning disabilities address the housing-related support needs of people with a range of disabilities including complex needs and challenging behaviour. What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? The intention of the proposal is to increase the capacity and quality of the services within existing resources, which would enable the service to be delivered to more people with learning disabilities. The use of a framework for spot purchase of supported living placements for people with learning disabilities will increase the range of provision and the ability to address specialist needs Ensure that the service specification and evaluation of prospective providers of spot purchase supported living placements for people with learning disabilities to be commissioned will include a requirement for providers to demonstrate how they are able to meet the needs of people with a disability. Ensure continuation of positive outcomes for people from different equality groups through a standard contract monitoring procedure. Develop more financially efficient approaches in the re-commissioning of services to mitigate the impact of budget reductions. Require new services to monitor if service users have a disability and track any issues in relation to service access. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 10 of 21 Pregnancy and Maternity Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: According to the 2011 census, 8.1% (20,839) of the Waltham Forest population is aged 0-4 compared to 7.2% across London and 6.2% across England and Wales. For those aged 0-1 these percentages are respectively 3.3% (Waltham Forest), 3% (London) and 2.5% (England & Wales). The Total Fertility rate for Waltham Forest in 2011 is 2.69 (3rd highest across London) compared to a London and England figure of 1.99. The teenage pregnancy rate in Waltham Forest (2010) is 45.7 per 1,000 of the female population aged 15-17 Check box if NOT applicable compared with 37.1 across London and 35.5 across England and Wales. Source: 2011 Census, Conception statistics and Birth Summary Tables, Office for National Statistics. NB: The total fertility rate measures the projected number of births born to a woman over her lifetime 2.These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Pregnancy and Maternity Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals. Type response here What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? There are no direct impacts in relation to pregnancy or maternity in the proposal. Ensure new services provide support to people with learning disabilities in relation to pregnancy and maternity in relation to support needs. Page 147 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact Race Double click here to add impact / Hide Key Borough Statistics: According to 2011 census data Waltham Forest’s White British population is 92,999, 36% of the total borough population. All other ethnic groups constitute 64% of the population (165,250). Broken down by specified ethnicity: White Other (37,472/14.5%), Pakistani (26,347/10.2%), Black Caribbean (18,841/7.3%), Black African (18,815/7.3%), Indian (9,134/3.5%), Other Black (7,135/2.8%), Any other ethnic group (6,728/2.6%), Bangladeshi (4,632/1.8%) and Chinese (2,579/1%). Note: The more detailed ethnicity breakdown goes into more detail and data for more recent arrivals includes: Polish (6,944/2.7%), Other Eastern Check box if NOT applicable Europe (6,020/2.3%) and Baltic states (3,011/1.2%). Data on arrivals from other countries over the last 8 years show that Poland, Pakistan and Lithuania have supplied the greatest number of migrants. (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics, Department for Work and Pensions) NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals The analysis of current users of the SP funded supported living indicates that 67% are BAME origin, a higher proportion than the general Waltham Forest population. There is a need to ensure the re-commissioning of supported living results in services which are sensitive and responsive to diverse community needs. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 11 of 21 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required The table below provides ethnicity data on open referrals for Children under 18 with a diagnosis of autism between April 2012 and March 2013:Ethnicity data Page 148 White British 25 Black African 5 Black Caribbean 1 Mixed White & Black Caribbean 1 Pakistani 2 Indian 2 Chinese 1 Other White 9 Other Asian 5 Other Black 1 Other Mixed 2 Other 10 Not stated 2 The table above shows the highest number recorded is from White British background. The table below provides ethnicity data on open referrals for Adults 18+ with a diagnosis of autism between April 2012 and March 2013:Ethnicity data White British 27 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 12 of 21 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 149 Black African 4 Black Caribbean 6 Mixed White & Black Caribbean 1 Pakistani 2 Other white 6 Other Asian 6 Other Black 5 Other Mixed 4 Other 3 Not stated 1 The table above like the Children’s data records the highest number is from a White British background. The table below provides ethnicity data on open referrals for Children under 18 with a diagnosis of Asperger’s between April 2012 and March 2013:Ethnicity data White British 10 White Irish Black African 1 1 Black Caribbean 2 Mixed White & Asian 2 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 13 of 21 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Indian 1 Other white 2 Other Mixed 2 The table above shows the highest number recorded is from White British background. The table below provides ethnicity data on open referrals for Adults 18+ with a diagnosis of Asperger’s between April 2012 and March 2013:Ethnicity data Page 150 White British 17 Mixed White & Asian Pakistani 1 1 Indian 1 Other white 3 Other Asian Other Mixed 4 2 Other 1 As with the Children’s data above the highest number recorded is from White British background Current services cater for all ethnic groups, the proposal to implement a framework for spot purchase placements for people with learning disabilities which will ensure all service users continue to have their specific and cultural preferences met. What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Savings in re-commissioning learning disabilities supported living could impact on The intention of the proposal is to increase the capacity and quality of the services Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 14 of 21 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required the positive outcomes achieved for these clients groups in terms of access to employment and education, health and well- being and maintaining community safety maintaining safety. There are no direct implications for Children in Care but former children in care but young people in transition benefit from learning disabilities support services. As BAME service users are over-represented in these services, any reductions to services is likely to impact on this group disproportionately. within existing resources, which would enable the service to be delivered to more people with learning disabilities. The use of a framework or select list for learning disabilities supported living spot placements will promote access and flexibility of provision tailored around the individual’s needs. Ensure that the service specification and evaluation of the learning disabilities supported living spot purchase framework services to be commissioned will include a requirement for providers to demonstrate how they are able to meet the needs of people with from BAME and other ethnic backgrounds. Ensure continuation of positive outcomes for people from different equality groups through a standard contract monitoring procedure. Develop more financially efficient approaches in the re-commissioning of services to mitigate the impact of budget reductions. Page 151 Ensure that the framework or select list for learning disabilities supported living spot placements is able to meet the needs of individuals by providing support that is specific to or takes account of the individual’s race, ethnicity or cultural background. Religion or Belief Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: According to the 2011 Census the borough has 48.4% of its population stating their religion to be Christian, Muslim 21.9%, Hindu 2.3%, Jewish 0.5%, Sikh 0.5%, Buddhist 0.8% and other 0.4%. Some 18% of residents claimed no religion whilst 7.3% did not state an answer. The multi-faith nature of Waltham Forest is evidenced by more recent data which shows that Waltham Forest has Check box if NOT applicable around 150 Christian Churches, 16 Muslim Mosques, 4 Hindu Temples, 3 Jewish Synagogues, 1 Sikh Gurdwara and 1 Tao Temple. NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Religion or Belief Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals See ethnicity breakdown above. In an analysis of SP service users in August 2011, 87% of those indicating religion of belief compared to the borough population was as follows:Religion or Belief % of service users % Borough population Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 15 of 21 Religion or Belief Christian Muslim Hindu Jewish Sikh Buddhist Other None/ not stated Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required 63% 14% 0% 0.6% 0.6% 0.-6% 1.2% 20% 57% 15.1% 1.8% 0.7% 0.6% 0.4% 0.4% 24% Christian ,Muslim, Jewish, Sikh and Buddhist people are using the services was broadly in line with their level in the borough population Page 152 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Supported living services have a positive impact for people with a diverse range of community and faith needs, providing culturally sensitive services. The proposed re-commissioning plans to address needs of people with learning disabilities including provision for young people in transition and ensure services are flexible to meet needs including community diversity such as the growing Eastern European communities. The intention of the proposal is to increase the capacity and quality of the services within existing resources, which would enable the service to be delivered to more victims and their children. The use of a market place of therapeutic services will promote access and flexibility of provision tailored around the individual’s needs. Ensure that the service specification and evaluation of services and refuges to be commissioned will include a requirement for providers to demonstrate how they are able to meet the needs of people of different religions and beliefs. Ensure continuation of positive outcomes for people from different equality groups through a standard contract monitoring procedure. Develop more financially efficient approaches in the re-commissioning of services to Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 16 of 21 Religion or Belief Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required mitigate the impact of budget reductions. Require new services to monitor religion or belief of service users and track any issues in relation to service access. Sex Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: The 2011 census put the gender split of Waltham Forest as Male: 128,970 (49.94%) and Female 129,279 (50.06%). (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics). Check box if NOT applicable NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Sex Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 153 Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals 65% of people accessing all short-term Supporting People services in Waltham Forest in 2013-14 were female and 35% male. The learning disability supported living services are self-contained accommodation and do not involve sharing amenities within individual flats, enabling service users to maintain dignity, privacy and security. The table below provides a gender breakdown of data for open referrals for Children under 18 with a diagnosis of autism between April 2012 and March 2013:Gender Male Female Number 56 10 The table below provides a gender breakdown of data for open referrals for Adults 18+ with a diagnosis of autism between April 2012 and March 2013:Gender Male Female Number 45 20 The table below provides a gender breakdown of data for open referrals for Children under 18 with a diagnosis of Asperger’s between April 2012 and March 2013:Gender Male Female Number 18 3 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 17 of 21 Sex Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required The table below provides a gender breakdown of data for open referrals for Adults 18+ with a diagnosis of Asperger’s between April 2012 and March 2013:Gender Male Female Number 23 6 Research suggests as many as 1 in 100 have autistic spectrum disorder and it is four times more common in boys than girls. The data above for both Children and Adults is in line with this research. What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? The commissioning of a framework agreement or select list for spot purchases of supported living for people with learning disabilities will benefit women and men with learning disabilities and ensure dignity and choice in the provision of supported living services. The intention of the proposal is to increase the capacity and quality of the services within existing resources, which would enable the service to be delivered to more people with learning disabilities. The use of a framework agreement or select list for spot purchases of supported living will promote access and flexibility of provision tailored around the individual’s needs. Page 154 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact Ensure that the service specification and evaluation of services to be commissioned will include a requirement for providers to demonstrate how they are able to meet the needs of women and men. Ensure continuation of positive outcomes for people from different equality groups through a standard contract monitoring procedures. Develop more financially efficient approaches in the re-commissioning of services to mitigate the impact of budget reductions. Require new services to monitor religion or belief of service users and track any issues in relation to service access. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 18 of 21 Sexual Orientation and Gender Reassignment Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: National estimates of LGBT population range from 0.3% to 10% using different measures. A study commissioned by Waltham Forest Council suggested the population to be somewhere between 7,000 to 10,000 people in 2007 (this is 4-6% of the adult population). The study also suggested that there may be at least 35 transgender individuals in the borough (Source: Measuring Sexual Identity – Check box if NOT applicable Office for National Statistics, Waltham Forest LGBT Matters). NB: These statistics provide general data for these protected characteristics. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Sexual Orientation and Gender Reassignment Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals A profile of tenants in supported housing in August 2013 indicated the majority of tenants – 95%- were heterosexual, 4% were gay and 1% bi-sexual. Given the current lack of data is not possible to say what proportion of service users are LGBT or how this compares to the Borough population although the analysis suggests an alignment with the borough estimate of the LGBT population (4-6%). Page 155 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Ensure continuation of positive outcomes for people from different equality groups through standard contract monitoring procedures The commissioning of a framework or select list for spot purchases of learning disabilities supported living provides an opportunity to ensure the services are accessible for LGBT referrals and reflect the needs of the local LGBT population. Marriage and Civil Partnership Double click here to add impact / Hide Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Check box if NOT applicable Page 19 of 21 Additional Impacts on Advancing Equality & Fostering Good Relations See pages 1 and 2 for full details of these two aims. This section seeks to identify what additional steps can be taken to promote these aims or to mitigate any adverse impact. Analysis should be based on the data you have collected above for the 8 protected characteristics covered by these aims. Remember, marriage and civil partnership is not covered. Key borough data: From our 2011 Cohesion Survey, a third of our respondents believe that differences are ‘definitely respected’. A further 46% believe this is the case most of the time, and just 6% feels this is not the case. By age group, a higher Double click here to add impact / Hide Check box if NOT applicable proportion of older residents feel differences are respected ‘definitely/most of the time’ (86% aged 66+ years). Residents with a disability are less likely to feel differences are respected (74%) than those without a disability (80%). The survey also shows that participation in community activity is 75% for Asian residents and residents in North Chingford (72%). Participation is lowest amongst South Chingford residents (63%). NB: These statistics provide general data for these protected characteristics. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Additional Impacts on Advancing Equality & Fostering Good Relations Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact on advancing equality or fostering good relations not considered above? Provide details of how effective the mitigation will be and how it will be monitored. Support given in supported living services includes linking service users with cultural, leisure and faith opportunities and this has a positive impact on social cohesion. Events in schemes include celebration of culture and religion which helps to promote understanding and prevent prejudice. Ensure continuation of positive outcomes for people from different equality groups through standard contract monitoring procedures : These services enable people with learning disabilities to establish and maintain independent living which promotes community cohesion. Contract Management meetings with new provider Page 156 Are there any additional benefits or risks of the proposals on advancing equality and fostering good relations not considered above? Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Outcomes measurement continues to monitor impact of reductions Develop more financially efficient approaches in the re-commissioning of services to mitigate the impact of budget reductions Page 20 of 21 Conclusion Consider the Guidance below and set out your conclusions from the equalities analysis of the 8 protected characteristics. If there are negative equalities impacts, but you think that the proposals should still proceed in the current or amended form, explain what the objective justification for this is, providing evidence as appropriate. If it is helpful, refer to other documents e.g. the Cabinet report. You may find it helpful to identify one of the 4 outcomes below as being closest to your current proposals. (Use your conclusions as a basis for the “Equalities Implications” in the Cabinet report.) This analysis has concluded that… Outcome 2: The commissioning of a framework or select list for the spot purchase of supported living for people with learning disabilities should have positive impacts for people with learning disabilities including young people in transition and ensure the diverse needs of the community are addressed. Learning disabilities supported living services have a positive impact for disabled people in line with the Council’s priority to support the most vulnerable residents. The potentially negative impacts of the remodelling and re-commissioning of services should be mitigated through the planned re-commissioning process to maintain quality of services and ensure this is continued through contract monitoring procedures. Outcome of Analysis Check one that applies Page 157 Outcome 1 Outcome 2 No major change required when the assessment has not identified any potential for Adjustments to remove barriers identified by the assessment or to better advance discrimination or adverse impact and all opportunities to advance equality have equality. Are you satisfied that the proposed adjustments will remove the barriers been taken. identified? Outcome 3 Outcome 4 Continue despite having identified some potential for adverse impacts or missed opportunities to advance equality. In this case, the justification should be included in the assessment and should be in line with the duty to have ‘due regard’. For the most important relevant policies, compelling reasons will be needed. You should consider whether there are sufficient plans to reduce the negative impact and/or plans to monitor the actual impact. Signed off by Head of Service: Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Stop and rethink when an assessment shows actual or potential unlawful discrimination. Name: Date: Page 21 of 21 Agenda Item 8 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date Cabinet 21st April 2015 Report Title Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Healthy Weight for all in Waltham Forest Cabinet Portfolio Councillor Ahsan Khan, Portfolio Lead Member for Health and Wellbeing Report Author/ Contact details Dr Andrew Taylor – Interim Director of Public Health 0208 496 4632 [email protected] Karen Bernard – Public Health Strategist, Public Health 0208 496 4625 [email protected] Sue Hogarth – Consultant in Public Health [email protected] 0208 496 4633 Wards affected ALL Public Access OPEN Appendices Appendix 1: Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 – Healthy Weight for all in Waltham Forest Appendix 2: Equality Analysis Template Appendix 3: Obesity and Overweight in Waltham Forest A Summary of the Healthy Weight Strategy 2015 - 20 1. SUMMARY 1.1 The purpose of this report is to update Cabinet on the current work being undertaken for residents to achieve a healthy weight within the London Borough of Waltham Forest. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 Cabinet is recommended to: 2.1.1 Agree the Healthy Weight Strategy and to note in particular: Its proposed approach (section 1.3) of the attached strategy The gaps and actions identified in service provision in the strategy (section 6) The next steps (section 8) Page 159 3. PROPOSALS 3.1 In Waltham Forest, in 2013/14 in Reception Year, 22.8% of children were overweight or obese, compared to 23.1% in London and 22.5% in England. In Reception year, 11.3% of children were obese only, compared to 10.0% in London and 9.5% in England. In Year 6, 37.8% of children in Waltham Forest were overweight or obese, compared to 37.6% in London and 33.5% in England. In Year 6, 23.4% of children were obese only, compared to 22.4% in London and 19.5% in England. For adults, 54.6% are overweight or obese, compared to 57.3% in London and 63.8% in England. 3.2 Overweight and obesity can lead to increasingly adverse effects on health and wellbeing. Excess weight is a major risk factor for diseases such as type 2 diabetes, cancer and heart disease, deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism. There are also potential problems including reproductive and urological, respiratory, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and gastrointestinal disease. Alongside the serious ill-health, it can reduce people’s prospects in life, affecting individuals’ ability to get and hold down work, their self-esteem and their underlying mental health. 3.3 Overweight and obesity represent probably the most widespread threat to health and wellbeing in this country. 3.4 There is already a lot of good work being completed in the Waltham Forest with good multi-disciplinary and multi-agency working. This strategy is an opportunity to systematically address the causes of overweight and obesity and help residents achieve and maintain a healthy weight. In agreement with the Joint Commissioning Board and the Health and Well Being Board we propose to take the following next steps: Develop a healthy weight care pathway for both children and adults. This will aid an integration of services including those provided by London Borough of Waltham Forest (LBWF), Waltham Forest Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG), North East London Foundation Trust (NELFT), NHS England (NHSE) and the Community and Voluntary Sector in Waltham Forest Ensure continued shared ownership between partners across the health and social care economy, incorporating the views of elected members To engage at risk groups, who are known to have a high prevalence of obesity To consult with residents on the draft strategy. Ensure that the Health and Wellbeing Board and the Joint Commissioning Board are given opportunities to input on this work stream Page 160 Further develop and cost the actions identified in the strategy, with partners, identifying funding streams 4. OPTIONS & ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 4.1 An option is to do nothing however there is fragmentation and lack of infrastructure in our current service provision and services provided are not at sufficient scale. Therefore to avoid duplication and address gaps, this strategy represents the evidence for best practice and effective interventions 5. SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) 5.1 The Healthy Weight strategy complements the councils overall priorities mainly ‘Helping all of our residents enjoy a good quality of life’ 5.2 The vision is to provide an environment that enables all Waltham Forest residents to make healthy food choices, to stay physically active and to maintain a healthy weight throughout their lives. 5.3 The strategy has been developed using knowledge gained from the LBWF Joint Strategic Needs Assessment, which gives a rich picture of overweight and obesity in the area. 6. CONSULTATION 6.1 An obesity stakeholders’ event was held 18th September 2014 to engage and ascertain the views of our stakeholders. This included representation from Waltham Forest Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG), North East London East Foundation Trust (NELFT), Greenwich Leisure Limited (GLL), Voluntary sector, Barts Health, Head teachers, GPs, Waltham Forest Young Carers and Homerton Hospital and the Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Steering group. The Healthy Weight Steering Group is a multi-agency working group which brings together partners including representatives of the following organisations, NELFT, GLL, Barts Health, GP,CCG and the voluntary sector. 6.2 The draft strategy was taken to the Health and Wellbeing Board on the 26th November 2014 and 26th March 2015, the Joint Commissioning Board on the 12th March 2015 and Health Scrutiny on 17th March 2015. 6.3 The comments from all the above were taken on board and included into the strategy. 7. IMPLICATIONS 7.1 Finance, Value for Money and Risk Page 161 7.1.1 There are no financial implications. Discussions will take place with partners and existing providers to fill the gaps identified within the strategy. The current services have and will continue to be commissioned within the best practice and will take due account of cost-effectiveness and successful outcomes. Value will be monitored by the provision of clear KPIs and regular performance reviews. 7.2 Legal 7.2.1 Following the changes to the National Health Service Act 2006 introduced by the Health and Social Care Act 2012 the Local Authority has a range of public health functions which include responsibility for providing Tier 1 and Tier 2 services for weight management services. 7.2.2 Any procurement of services referred to in the Strategy must be carried out in accordance with the Local Authority’s Contract Procedure Rules set out in Part 8 of the Constitution. 7.3 Equalities and Diversity 7.3.1 An equality Analysis has been conducted on the Healthy Weight Strategy. The life course approach taken in the strategy will help to reduce health inequalities to prevent and manage obesity including disabled people (including people with learning disabilities), looked after children, young parents and people with mental health needs. The services that will be commissioned will provide choice, geographical access and services which are culturally appropriate to meet the needs of our diverse community. 7.4 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 7.4.1 Physical inactivity is the fourth leading cause of chronic disease mortality. Service tendering specifications will involve the energy efficiency of the buildings used by the services and how staff and users travel to deliver and access these services through active travel or by public transport. By organisations incorporating active travel will reduce the carbon foot print. 7.5 Council Infrastructure 7.5.1 There are no implications for the Council Infrastructure Page 162 Appendix 1 Healthy Weight Strategy 2015- 2020 Healthy Weight for all in Waltham Forest Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 163 1 Appendix 1 Acknowledgements This strategy was written by Karen Bernard with further input from Sue Hogarth (Public Health, London Borough of Waltham Forest). We would like to acknowledge and thank the Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Steering Group for their full and thoughtful comments and contributions to the development of this strategy and to Waltham Forest’s Health and Wellbeing Board members for their comments and feedback. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 164 2 Appendix 1 Contents Page Healthy Weight for All in Waltham Forest - Plan on a page 1. Introduction 1.1 Our Vision 1.2 Our Objectives 1.3 Our Approach 2. Background: Strategic Context 2.1 National Strategic Context 2.2 Waltham Forest Strategic Context 3. Obesity risk and the burden of disease 3.1 Who is most at risk? 3.2 Health Burden 3.3 Social Burden 3.4 Economic Burden 4. Overweight and Obesity rates 4.1 National Overweight and Obesity rates 4.2 Waltham Forest Overweight and Obesity rates 4.2.1 Children 4.2.2 Adults 5. Where are we now: Current support provision 6 What more needs to be done: Gaps in support provision and the Waltham Forest response Groups: 6.1 Pregnancy and early years (0-4) 6.2 Childhood (5 -17 years) including schools 6.3 Adulthood (18-59 years) 6.4 Older people (60+ years) Cross Cutting Themes: 6.5 Workplace 6.6 Planning and Built Environment 6.7 Other settings (public buildings, residential settings, Housing, Job centres and Pharmacies) 6.8 Weight Management services 6.9 Training 6.10 Communication 6.11 Data and Evaluation 6.12 General 7. Monitoring and Evaluation 8. Next Steps Appendix 1. Definition of overweight and obese Appendix 2. Healthy Weight Steering Group Members Appendix 3. Modelling Life Course Timeline & Opportunities Appendix 4. National Strategic Context Appendix 5. Current Weight Management Services in Waltham Forest: Tiers 1-4 Appendix 6. Weight Management Commissioning Landscape 2013-14 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 165 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 16 17 17 18 19 19 20 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 3 Appendix 1 Healthy Weight for All in Waltham Forest - Plan on a page Our Vision To provide an environment that enables all Waltham Forest residents to make healthy food choices, to stay physically active and to maintain a healthy weight throughout their lives Our objectives Page 166 To increase participation in active travel and physical activity by creating and promoting socially and culturally appropriate safe physical environments. To increase healthy eating by increasing and promoting the availability of, and access to healthy food choices and reducing the availability of and access to foods that are high in fat, sugar and salt. To ensure that all health, social care and educational settings across the life course encourage and support healthy eating, active travel and physical activity, particularly early years to enable a healthy start for children. To create healthy workplaces that encourages and support healthy eating, active travel and physical activity. To up-skill residents and health, social care and educational staff so that they have access to consistent, evidence-based information and advice on healthy eating, active travel and physical activity. To increase access to appropriate, evidence-based weight management interventions across the life course targeting those at highest risk and greatest health inequalities. To achieve the objectives actions are planned across the life course Pregnancy & Early years: (0-4 years) The Best Start in Life Childhood: (5-17 years) including schools Building physical and emotional resilience, learning and preparing for adulthood Adulthood: (18-59 years) Older People: (60+ years) Prosperity, opportunities and family building Thriving maturity, active, happy and well and within cross cutting themes Workplace Planning and Built Environment Settings (Public buildings, residential settings, Housing, Job centres and Pharmacies) Training (staff and residents) Communication Data and Evaluation Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 4 Appendix 1 1. Introduction The obesity epidemic is a public health problem that experts have stated is comparable with climate change, both in terms of scale and complexity1. There has been a clear rise in obesity rates, which accelerated in the late 1980s and early 1990s and is a trend repeated almost universally in developed and increasingly developing nations.2 It has been identified as one of the most important preventable challenges to health, second only to smoking3 and is the fifth leading cause of death globally.4 Almost two-thirds of adults and a third of children in England are either overweight or obese (see appendix 1 for definitions of overweight and obese). Work by the Government for Science’s Foresight5 programme suggests that, without clear action, these figures will increase to almost nine out of ten adults and two-thirds of children by 2050. The trend of increasing weight problems in children is of particular concern because evidence suggests a ‘conveyor belt’ effect in which excess weight in children continues into adulthood.6 Many aspects of life affect the amount and types of food eaten and the physical activity taken. The rising levels of overweight and obesity are associated with changes in7: Work and leisure time Town and transport planning Food production and marketing Lifestyle messages Inequalities Three aspects of obesity combine to make it a public health problem: its impact on health, its prevalence and its resistance to change. Obesity also plays a role in widening health inequalities. As rates of adult and childhood obesity have increased, so too have inequalities. There are higher rates of obesity amongst individuals from poorer backgrounds, particularly for women and girls. The contribution of obesity to a range of chronic health problems links it with the broader health inequalities agenda, further strengthening the need for action.8 However, this situation can be reversed. It is possible for people to control their weight, take control of their diet and take part in physical activity. This includes encouraging the development of an environment to help healthier choices become easier. This strategy provides a public health framework, not just to support residents who are overweight or obese, but to ensure healthy weight is achieved among adults and children in Waltham Forest. 1 Department of Health (2008) Healthy Weight, Healthy Lives: A Cross-Government Strategy for England, DH, London 2 ibid 3 Foresight (2007) Tackling Obesities: Future Choices – Project Report. Government Office for Science. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/287937/07-1184x-tackling-obesitiesfuture-choices-report.pdf 4 World Health Organisation, Overweight and obesity, fact sheet No 311; 5 Foresight (2007) Tackling Obesities: Future Choices – Project Report. Government Office for Science 6 Department of Health (2008) Healthy Weight, Healthy Lives: A Cross-Government Strategy for England, DH, London 7 RCP (2004) Storing up problems, The medical case for a Slimmer Nation, Report Of A Working Party 8 Department of Health Public Health Research Consortium (2007) Law C, Power C, Graham H, Merrick D, Obesity & Health inequalities. Obesity Reviews;8(Suppl.1):19-22 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 167 5 Appendix 1 1.1 Our Vision The vision of this strategy is to provide an environment that enables all Waltham Forest residents to make healthy food choices, to stay physically active and to maintain a healthy weight throughout their lives. 1.2 Our objectives In order to deliver the vision the following objectives have been identified (see section 1.3 below for how these were developed): To increase participation in active travel and physical activity by creating and promoting socially and culturally appropriate safe physical environments. To increase healthy eating by increasing and promoting the availability of, and access to healthy food choices and reducing the availability of and access to foods that are high in fat, sugar and salt. To ensure that all health, social care and educational settings across the life course encourage and support healthy eating, active travel and physical activity, particularly early years to enable a healthy start for children. To create healthy workplaces that encourages and support healthy eating, active travel and physical activity. To up-skill residents and health, social care and educational staff so that they have access to consistent, evidence-based information and advice on healthy eating, active travel and physical activity. To increase access to appropriate, evidence-based weight management interventions across the life course targeting those at highest risk and greatest health inequalities. 1.3 Our Approach There is no ‘golden bullet’ for tackling obesity9. Therefore, the extent of the issue demands that a population approach is taken at sufficient scale across the life course that is, from birth to older age. To facilitate this, Waltham Forest has a multidisciplinary and multi-agency Healthy Weight Steering Group (see appendix 2 for membership). Part of the development phase of this strategy involved mapping services commissioned by the London Borough of Waltham Forest (LBWF), Waltham Forest Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG), North East London Foundation Trust (NELFT), NHS England (NHSE) and the Community and Voluntary Sector (see section 5). A large obesity stakeholders event was held in September 2014, this further informed the first draft of the strategy which was presented to the Waltham Forest Health and Wellbeing Board in November 2014. This version incorporates comments and suggestions from the Board. Also during 2014, a bid was submitted for Waltham Forest to become a London Flagship Food Borough10, whilst unsuccessful, there was great partner involvement, and elements of the application have been incorporated into this strategy. In January 2015, a workshop with the Healthy Weight Steering Group members was held to develop the actions (see section 6) required to meet the strategy objectives. Appendix 3 contains the diagram that was used to think through and identify the gaps and actions required in our current service provision across the life course and BMJ (2006) Physical activity to prevent obesity in young children: cluster randomised controlled trial; 333:1041 London Flagship Food Borough programme - https://www.london.gov.uk/priorities/business-economy/working-inpartnership/london-food-board/london-boroughs/london-flagship-food-boroughs 9 10 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 168 6 Appendix 1 in a variety of settings. From this diagram has been identified the following headings under which local action is required: Groups Pregnancy and early years (0-4 years) Childhood (5 -17 years) including schools Adulthood (18-59 years) Older people (60+ years) Cross Cutting Themes Workplace Planning and Built Environment Other settings (public buildings, residential settings, Housing, Job centres and Pharmacies) Weight Management services Training Communication Data and Evaluation General The Healthy Weight Steering Group agreed that the objectives will be achieved through: Working in partnership with policymakers, local communities, service providers and business to deliver healthy weight initiatives to those most in need in the most appropriate way Working across all settings where our residents are located e.g. hospitals, schools, children centres, workplace Moving away from short-term to long-term sustainable solutions Making health everyone’s business through training of all frontline staff to provide prevention advice and referrals and ensuring that all local authority policies and regulations are healthy weight friendly Working at multiple levels - Individuals, Families, Communities, Organisations and Environments, using the three Es – environment, empowerment, and encouragement11 Ensuring interventions are at sufficient scale to make an impact Using pilots to provide learning to roll out effective interventions to wider groups Increasing access to weight management services, particularly targeting those at highest risk and greatest health inequalities Ensuring that services commissioned are evidence based or meet best practice guidelines. All programmes being evaluated; this will determine service cost effectiveness and future development of service 2. Background: Strategic Context 2.1 National Strategic Context The issue of overweight and obesity has been addressed in a number of significant reports and Government White Papers. The policy issues raised have been translated into national delivery plans, National Service Frameworks and toolkits, see 11 Royal College of Physicians (2004) Storing up problems, The medical case for a Slimmer Nation, Report Of A Working Party: pp 28-30 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 169 7 Appendix 1 appendix 4 for a full list. These documents are designed to help partners to develop and support local action plans. The most recent document ‘Healthy Lives, healthy people: a call to action on obesity in England’12 provides a partnership approach on what can be done to tackle this problem. Waltham Forest’s Healthy Weight Strategy has been developed in line with these national policies. 2.2 Waltham Forest Strategic Context There are also a number of local policies and strategies across Waltham Forest that are relevant to achieving a healthy weight. It is important that these policies and strategies are all aligned and compliment the healthy weight agenda, they are: • Health and Wellbeing Strategy • Best start in Life Children & Young People strategy • Waltham Forest Local Development Framework Core Strategy • Waltham Forest Hot Food Takeaway Planning • Joint Strategic Needs Assessment • Waltham Forest Catering School Meal Strategy • Convergence Framework and Action Plan 2011-15 • Active Travel workstream • NHS Waltham Forest CCG Primary Care Strategy 2014/15-2019/20 • NHS Waltham Forest CCG Self Care Strategy 3. Obesity risk and the burden of disease Individuals unduly affected by excess weight are also those who are likely to experience wider health inequalities and therefore their need for health and social care support is further compounded. Overweight and obesity have a substantial human and financial cost by contributing to the onset of disease and premature death. 3.1 Who is most at risk? Some sectors of the population are at considerably higher risk of developing obesity, with an associated increase in the incidence and prevalence of related comorbidities. Specific groups at risk are: Children13 and adults experiencing increased socioeconomic deprivation, for example 14% of women in social class I are obese compared with 28% in social class V14 Children from certain ethnic minority groups such as Bangladeshi, Black Caribbean and Black African were found to be at a higher risk of obesity15. Looked after children are more likely to be overweight and obese compared with their peers.16 Certain points in life have also been found to be associated with weight gain: pregnancy, menopause and smoking cessation.17 Department of Health (2011) Healthy Lives, healthy people: a call to action on obesity in England. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/healthy-lives-healthy-people-a-call-to-action-on-obesity-in-england 13 PHE, Health inequalities, http://www.noo.org.uk/NOO_about_obesity/inequalities, date accessed 13/11/14 14 Foresight (2007) Tackling Obesities: Future Choices – Project Report. Government Office for Science 15 GLA Intelligence Unit 2011 Childhood obesity in London 16 Hadfield, S.C. & Preece, (2008), Obeisty in looked after children:is foster are protective to the dangers of obesity? Child:Care,Health & Development,Vol 34(6):pp710-712 17 NICE (2006) Obesity: Full guidelines – section 3 Prevention – evidence, statements & reviews 12 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 170 8 Appendix 1 People who use mental health services, in particular those with a diagnosis of schizophrenia or dipolar disorder, have been identified as being at increased risk of greater levels of obesity and associated conditions, such as heart disease and diabetes18 There is evidence to suggest that levels of obesity are higher in people with learning disabilities19 Older people: Increasing age is associated with increasing prevalence in obesity up to the age of 64 years, when a decline in the prevalence begins. Young mothers (over 21 years) of white ethnicity are significantly less likely to initiate breastfeeding than any other ethnic group.20 There is evidence that weaning earlier than current recommendations leads to rapid weight gain in infancy which may in turn increase the risk of child obesity.21 Early weaning has also been found to be associated with increased weight and body fat at age 7 years.22 Exclusive breastfeeding has been found to be associated with a modest reduction in childhood obesity risk23 In addition to the groups at risk listed above, it is important to also consider the needs of those groups for whom barriers to accessing services are known to exist, including: people with mental health problems, people with a disability and people for whom English is not their first language. People with disabilities can find it more difficult to always eat healthily, control their weight and be physically active. This may be due to a lack of healthy food choices, medications that cause weight gain, weight loss and changes in appetite, physical limitations, pain, lack of energy and lack of accessible environments24. 3.2 Health Burden Overweight and obesity can lead to increasingly adverse effects on physical and mental health and wellbeing. Excess weight is a major risk factor for diseases such as type 2 diabetes, cancer and heart disease, deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism. There are also potential problems including reproductive and urological, respiratory, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease and gastrointestinal disease.25 Alongside the serious ill-health, it can reduce people’s prospects in life, affecting individuals’ ability to obtain and keep work, their self-esteem and their underlying mental health.26 Preventing obesity will help maintain people’s health and quality of life. For people who are overweight or obese achieving moderate weight reduction has significant health benefits. Table 1 shows the benefits expected from a 10% weight loss in a person initially weighing 100kg. Department of Health (2006) Choosing Health: Supporting the physical health needs of people with severe mental illness, DH, London 19 Department of Health (2011). Healthy Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England 20 Baker, D, Garrow A, & Shiels C (2008), Child Health and Ethnicity in Manchester. Centre for Public Health Research, Institute for Health and Social Care Research, University of Salford 21 Sloan S, et al (2007) Early weaning is related to weight and weight gain in infancy, child care, health and development, 34,1,59-64 22 Wilson AC et al(1998) Relation of infant diet to childhood health: seven year follow up of cohort of children in Dundee infant feeding study, BMJ, 31621-25 23 Armstrong J,Reilly J (2002) Breastfeeding and lowering the risk of childhood obesity. The Lancet; 359:2003-2004 24 PHE 2013, Obesity and Disability – Adults, Briefing paper 25 PHE. Health Risks of Adult Obesity. http://www.noo.org.uk/NOO_about_obesity/obesity_and_health/health_risk_adult 26 Department of Health (2011), Healthy Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England 18 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 171 9 Appendix 1 Table 1: Benefits expected from a 10% weight loss in a person initially weighing 100kg27 MORTALITY BLOOD PRESSURE DIABETES LIPIDS > 20% fall in total mortality > 30% fall in diabetes related deaths > 40% fall in obesity-related deaths Fall of approximately 10mmHg systolic pressure Fall of approximately 20mmHg diastolic pressure Fall of 50% in fasting glucose Fall of 10% in total cholesterol Fall of 15% in low-density lipoproteins Fall of 30% in triglycerides Increase of 8% in high-density lipoproteins For older adults the benefits of not being obese include functional independence, less risk of falls and fractures and protection from age related diseases.28 A recent Canadian survey found that among those who are morbidly obese (BMI over 35), one in six have been diagnosed with depression or anxiety. More than half report having low self-esteem and recognise that their weight problems have an impact on many daily activities and on their relationships.29 A Health Impact of Physical Inactivity (HIPI) tool has been developed by Public Health England. This tool estimates the number of cases of certain diseases that could be prevented in each local authority if the population aged 40-79 were to engage in recommended amounts of physical activity. For Waltham Forest the HIPI estimated: 122 out of 671 deaths could be prevented if 100% of the resident population were physically active.30 WHO also highlighted that there is a clear causal relationship between the amount of physical activity people do and all-cause mortality.31 3.3 Social Burden People who are obese are more likely to suffer from prejudice and discrimination in some situations for example employment, travel and healthcare. It is also linked to poor academic success, social exclusion in schools and in some instances teasing and bullying. When obesity becomes severe, it can affect normal daily activities. A person with severe obesity may find their ability to perform their chosen occupation so compromised that they are deemed as disabled disability. This disability can have resource implications for social care services including, housing adaptations, trained carers and provision of suitable transport and facilities.32 3.4 Economic Burden The cost to the State for treating obesity is great. Currently, around 5-6% of NHS total budget is spent on the disease consequences of overweight and obesity33. An analysis of the economic burden of a range of risk factors for chronic disease Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN) (1996) Obesity in Scotland: Integrating prevention with weight management, SIGN report No.8 Edinburgh: Royal College of Physicians 28 The Toronto Charter for physical activity: A global call for action, May 2010 29 Canadian Obesity Network (2011) Obesity Survey Report 30 Health Impact of Physical Inactivity (HIPI), Burden of Disease and Death from physical inactivity ages (40-79), by county and unitary authority, http://www.apho.org.uk/addons/_122359/atlas.html 31 WHO. 2010. Global Recommendations on Physical Activity for Health, WHO 32 LGA and PHE (2013) Social care and obesity – a discussion paper 33 Department of Health (2011) Healthy Lives, Healthy People: A Call to Action on obesity in England, 27 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 172 10 Appendix 1 estimated that overweight and obesity now costs the NHS £5.1bn per year34. The local estimated annual cost to the NHS of diseases related to overweight and obesity is £75.5 million.35 4. Overweight and Obesity rates 4.1 National Overweight and Obesity rates In England, currently 24.7% of adults (aged 16 years and over) are obese, an increase from 15% in 1993. A further 37% of adults are overweight. This means a total of 62% of adults have excess weight in England.36 By 2050 obesity is predicted to affect 60% of adult men, 50% of adult women and 25% of children.37 The United Kingdom ranks as one of the most obese nations in Europe – and there are few signs yet of a sustained decline.38 4.2 Waltham Forest Overweight and Obesity rates 4.2.1 Children The height and weight of every school child (Reception and Year 6 classes) in England is measured as part of the National Child Measurement Programme (NCMP). Figure 1 shows the trend in prevalence of overweight and obesity in reception year from 2006/07 to 2013/14 for Waltham Forest, London and England. In 2013/14 in Reception Year, 22.8% of children in Waltham Forest were overweight or obese, compared to 23.1% in London and 22.5% in England. Figure 1: Trend in the prevalence of overweight or obesity in Reception Year (ages 4-5 years) in Waltham Forest, London and England, 2007/08 to 2013/14 Source: Health and Social Care Information Centre, National Child Measurement Programme In 2013/14 in Reception year in Waltham Forest, 11.3% of children were obese only, compared to 10.0% in London and 9.5% in England. Scarborough P,Bhatnagar P, Wickramasinghe K et al (2011) The economic burden of ill health due to diet, physical inactivity, smoking, alcohol and obesity in the UK: an update to 2006-07 NHS cost, Journal of Public Health 35 Department of Health (2008) Healthy Weight, Healthy Lives: A toolkit for developing local strategies (Tool D3 Estimating the local cost of obesity). Available at: http://www.fph.org.uk/uploads/full_obesity_toolkit-1.pdf 36 Health Survey for England (2012) 37 Foresight (2007) Tackling Obesities: Future Choices – Project Report. Government Office for Science 38 Department of Health (2011) Health Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England 34 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 173 11 Appendix 1 Figure 2 shows the trend in prevalence of overweight and obesity in Year 6 from 2006/07 to 2013/14 for Waltham Forest, London and England. In 2013/14 in Year 6, 37.8% of children in Waltham Forest were overweight or obese, compared to 37.6% in London and 33.5% in England. Figure 2: Trend in the prevalence of overweight or obesity in Year 6 in Waltham Forest, London and England, 2007/08 to 2013/14 Source: Health and Social Care Information Centre, National Child Measurement Programme In 2013/14 in Year 6 in Waltham Forest 23.4% of children were obese only, compared to 22.4% in London and 19.5% in England. 4.2.2 Adults Unlike the NCMP, there is no national measurement programme for adults. In Waltham Forest, 54.6% of adults are overweight or obese, compared to 57.3% in London and 63.8% in England39. Figure 3 shows the prevalence of overweight and obesity in adults across London in 2012. Figure 3: Prevalence of overweight and obesity among adults in London Boroughs, compared to London and England as a whole, 2012 Source: Active People Survey, Sport England 2012 PHE (2014) London Update Briefings, PHOF –Obesity data, Tobacco Profiles Longer Lives, Public Health Outcomes Framework (Indicator 2.12 - Excess Weight in Adults) www.phoutcomes.info Using 2012 data 39 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 174 12 Appendix 1 5. Where we are now: Current support provision Weight management services are categorised in Tiers as defined according to the terminology from the Department of Health:40 Tier 1: Universal Interventions: - Client group - everyone Environmental & population-wide services and initiatives, e.g. community based services Tier 2: Lifestyle interventions: - Client group – overweight and obese Multicomponent weight management service e.g. Exercise on referral, community based dietetic services, Tier 3: Specialist Services: - Client group - obese Multi-disciplinary team providing behavioral therapy, psychological services, medical support Tier 4: Surgery: - Client group – morbidly obese Bariatric surgery (adults only, not generally recommended for children or young people. Bariatric surgery may be considered for young people only in exceptional circumstances and if they have achieved, or nearly achieved physiological maturity)41 As described in section 1.3 a mapping exercise for both children and adults using the tier model can be found in appendix 5. Further details of these support services is detailed in appendix 6. 6. What more needs to be done: Gaps in support provision and the Waltham Forest response The following pages contain identified gaps and corresponding actions that should be taken across the multiple agencies in Waltham Forest to meet both the gaps, and the wider strategy’s objectives. They have been developed with a high level of input from the Healthy Weight Steering group and comments from the Health and Wellbeing Board. They incorporate what we know about those most at risk of overweight and obesity, as outlined in section 3.1. Department of Health (2013) Developing A Specification For Lifestyle Weight Management Services, Best practice Guidance For Tier 2 Services 41 NICE (2006) Guidelines CG43 Obesity, the Prevention, Identification, Assessment and Management of overweight and Obesity in Adults and Children. 40 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 175 13 Appendix 1 6.1 Pregnancy and early years (0-4 years) The Best start in Life Gaps 1. Lack of nutritional element in antenatal classes. 2. No support services for overweight and obese pregnant women . 3. Lack of joint working between Homerton Midwifery team and Whipps Cross Midwifery team. 4. UNICEF Baby Friendly Accreditation scheme not implemented in the community. 5. Few designated areas for breastfeeding women in the Borough. 6. No infant feeding team to support children with feeding difficulties in the community. 7. Insufficient capacity within the dietetic service to address the needs of pre-term babies requiring specialist feeding support. 8. Inadequate prevention activities into early years setting e.g. infant feeding support and dietetic input into children centres/baby clinics and nurseries. 9. No ‘Healthy Children’s Centres’ schemes like ‘Healthy Schools’ programme. 10. Lack of healthy food in both public and private nurseries. 11. Not enough physical activity and healthy eating activities for 0-4 years children. Actions 1. Ensure antenatal classes across the borough include a focus on healthy eating, physical activity and breast feeding promotion. 2. Provide local support for pregnant women with a high BMI in line with other London boroughs including a review of the booking-in information pack given to pregnant women to ensure information is consistent, appropriate and adequate. 3. Ensure Homerton and Whipps Cross Midwifery team have representation on Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Steering Group in future. 4. Work with partners to work towards UNICEF Baby Friendly Accreditation across Waltham Forest. 5. Re-launch the ‘Love Mums’ breastfeeding scheme with businesses in the borough. 6. Develop peer to peer infant feeding training and support opportunity to improve responsive support of families. 7. Work with local dietetic services to increase the support for pre-term babies requiring specialist feeding support. 8. Ensure all practices nurses/midwives/nursery nurses/health visitors/Children’s Centre staff have basic training around healthy eating and physical activity to ensure all early year providers give consistent messages. 9. Work with Children’s Centres and Health Visitors to devise an early years healthy accreditation scheme emphasising physical activity and healthy eating modelled on the ‘Healthy Schools’ programme. 10. Work with local nurseries and Children’s Centres to improve their food provision, including exploring the possibility of implementing weight management programmes in Children’s Centres. 11. Ensure there is more focus in the community on outdoor play. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 176 14 Appendix 1 6.2 Childhood (5-17 years) including schools Building physical and emotional resilience, learning and preparing for Adulthood Gaps 1. Inadequate provision to follow up children who have been identified as being overweight or obese following the NCMP. 2. No weight management service for 5-7 years old. 3. Inadequate healthy weight work with schools including special needs schools. 4. Inadequate assurance of the nature of food available in all schools and colleges. 5. Not all children are able to swim 25 metres. 6. Schools generally do not have current school travel plans to promote Active Travel. Actions 1. To implement a referral mechanism to GPs for children who are overweight or obese following NCMP including clear guidance and training around what onward advice, monitoring and referrals GPs should make following NCMP notification. 2. Work with schools and weight management providers to make available venues in the community to conduct weight management programme for children aged 5-7 who are classified as overweight or obese. 3. Implement Healthy Lifestyle Programmes in all schools that cover diet, food groups, exercise, including: a. Support and encourage schools to address healthy weight as a priority for the Healthy School London Silver award. b. Identify Personal Social Health and Economic (PSHE) education leads in each school (including special needs school) and provide support/training around nutrition/exercise and ensure they are linked with name school nurse and other appropriate services. 4. Public Health, Community Dieticians, Head of Catering and Head teachers to work together to review the food available in schools and colleges including ensuring schools are aware and updated on links to the OFSTED inspection framework e.g. food school standards www.schoolfoodplan.com/standards. 5. Work with the sports and leisure team to explore the possibility of providing swimming lessons for children who are unable to swim 25 meters. 6. Work with schools, LBWF Transport department to develop a policy around Active Travel which will include school travel plans to encourage families and pupils to walk or cycle to school. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 177 15 Appendix 1 6.3 Adulthood (18 – 59 years) Prosperity, opportunities and family building Gaps 1. Little sport/physical activity in educational establishments for 18+ age groups. 2. No ‘Healthy Colleges’ scheme. 3. No healthy eating support in the borough to support people on low income budgets. 4. No provision in place for clients with specific needs to access supervised physical activity and weight management programmes in line with the general adult population. Actions 1. Investigate initiatives to increase physical activity in educational establishments for 18+ age groups. 2. Implement ‘Healthy Colleges’ programme modelled on the ‘Healthy Schools’ programme. 3. Work with local communities to provide cooking sessions, supermarkets and market visits for people on low income. 4. Work with weight management providers, voluntary sector, CCG and NELFT to provide services for mental health clients. Ensure that provisions are made for employees with disabilities and long-term health conditions in line with NICE guidelines if it includes guidance on healthy weight (to be published, end 2015). 6.4 Older Years (60+ years) Thriving maturity, active, happy and well Gaps 1. Lack of information and support for older people around healthy eating. 2. Unclear healthy food provision in inpatient or residential settings/facilities or those in receipt of meals-on-wheels. 3. Inadequate provision of appropriate physical activity services generally for older people including provision within the falls agenda. Actions 1. Public Health and Community Dieticians to work with the community and voluntary sector to provide information and support to older people around healthy eating cooking sessions, supermarkets and market visits for older people on low incomes. 2. Ensure that those residents receiving meals-on-wheels services, inpatients or in residential settings/facilities have healthy meals in line with Food Standard’s Agency guidance. 3. Ensure care, residential homes and day centres provide appropriate physical activity interventions. Provide more walking based activities – walking football, disk golf. Work with the CCG to link increase in physical activity into the Falls agenda. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 178 16 Appendix 1 6.5 Workplace Gaps 1. No ’Active Buildings’ promoted within the borough. 2. Lack of consistent Healthy Workplace programmes in place in Waltham Forest organisations. 3. Some organisations do not have staff rooms and shower facilities. Actions 1. Discuss the ‘Active Buildings’42 research with local partners to explore changes that could be made to the work environment to increase physical activity. 2. Work with Human Resources departments across the borough to implement and promote a range of workplace initiatives to enable staff to lead a healthy lifestyle including a. walking and cycling between sites e.g. expand the LBWF bike scheme to NHS staff in CCG, hospital and community services b. encouragement of walking and running clubs 3. Encourage organisations within the borough to have install changing room facilities. 6.6 Planning and Built Environment Gaps 1. Lack of use of planning and licensing tools to increase physical activity and healthy eating across the borough. 2. ‘Healthier Catering Commitment’ not implemented in the borough 3. Inadequate use of empty spaces in the borough. 4. No ‘healthy walking’ schemes within the borough. 5. No Active travel strategy in place in LBWF, Waltham Forest CCG, Barts Health, NELFT. 6. Lack of Borough-wide safe cycling routes. 7. No bike storage facilities on estates. Actions 1. Public Health and Planning departments to use appropriate planning and licensing tools including Health Impact Assessment43 that includes consideration for physical activity and healthier food options. 2. Implement the ‘Healthier Catering Commitment’44 in the borough. 3. Work with planning and housing providers to optimise the use of empty green spaces and provide more allotment spaces to residents for food growing and physical activity including activities in the evenings. 4. Work with the LBWF Sports and Leisure team to implement healthy walking trails. Optimise the use of Transport for London’s (TFL) available resources to encourage an increase in walking. 5. LBWF Transport Team are currently working on Active Travel strategy for LBWF and working with Barts Health to develop theirs. Work with partners to UCL. Active Buildings - http://www.activebuildings.co.uk/about WHO. Health Impact Assessment - http://www.who.int/hia/en/ 44 CIEH. Healthier Catering Commitment - http://www.cieh.org/healthier-catering-commitment.html 42 43 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 179 17 Appendix 1 ensure all major organisations are working towards the development of an active travel strategy. 6. Work with the LBWF Transport Team to investigate borough wide safe cycling routes incorporating the work of Mini Holland utilising TFLs resources. 7. Work with LBWF Transport Team to increase bike racks and storage spaces on estates. 6.7 Other settings (public buildings, residential settings, Housing, Job centres and Pharmacies) Gaps 1. Insufficient numbers of vending machines in public buildings across the borough contain healthy food. 2. Eating times in residential settings are not appropriate to facilitate healthy eating. 3. Housing providers have not been sufficiently engaged in the healthy weight agenda. 4. Job centres have not been sufficiently engaged in the healthy weight agenda. 5. Pharmacies have not been sufficiently engaged in the healthy weight agenda. Actions 1. Work with partners to install healthy vending machines in public buildings. 2. Meal times in care settings need to be flexible to accommodate those whose daily sleep-wake patterns may be disrupted by ill-health e.g. older adults, mental health. They must also not be too early in the day that residents are compelled to access less healthy food options to satisfy hunger later in the day. 3. Work with local housing providers to utilise and optimise their access to residents to increase healthy eating and physical activity. 4. Work with job centres to investigate providing appropriate information on healthy lifestyles and the services available to clients. 5. Engage pharmacies in the healthy weight agenda including ensuring that local support services information be given with weight management drugs. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 180 18 Appendix 1 6.8 Weight Management services Gaps 1. Current weight management services do not meet NICE guidelines. 2. Inadequate weight management services (Tier 2) for children and adults. 3. No specialist weight management services (Tier 3) for children and adults. 4. No specialist weight management service (Tier 4) for children. 5. Lack of targeted support for certain specific groups e.g. Looked After Children, Carers or Troubled Families. 6. Lack of engagement with religious groups or community centres. 7. People with severe mental health issues and those with learning disabilities do not have equal access to weight management services as the general population. See also section 6.2, gap and action 1 for Care Pathway work. Actions 1. Work with providers to ensure current services adhere to NICE guidelines and with commissioners to ensure that future services are adherent. 2. Ensure that findings of recent Tier 2 review is embedded in Care Pathway. 3. The CCG is currently tendering for a Tier 3 weight management service for children and adults. 4. Discuss with NHS England and CCG regarding commissioning Tier 4 service for children. 5. Work with partners working with Looked After Children, Carers and Troubled Families teams to ensure that clients have access to healthy weight support and services. 6. Identify and work with local religious and community groups to ensure they have access to appropriate healthy weight information and have awareness to services available. 7. Work with providers to support people with severe mental health issues and those with learning disabilities accessing weight management support. 6.9 Training Gaps 1. Lack of training for health and social services staff around issues relating to healthy weight, including infant feeding and benefits of physical activity. 2. Lack of awareness of staff around support services, including the referral criteria for those services. 3. Actions 1. To scope the following a. current training available to staff regarding healthy weight b. opportunities where existing training/training programmes can include information on healthy weight. 2. Work with frontline staff to ensure awareness of services and referral criteria using a range of communication channels e.g. newsletters and provider meetings. See also section 6.2, gap and action 1 for Care Pathway work. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 181 19 Appendix 1 6.10 Communication Gaps 1. Some healthy weight services are underutilised by residents. Inadequate use of social media and social marketing including lack of awareness of NHS-approved apps that support and maintain healthy weight. Actions 1. Work with Communications departments of all partner organisations to make full and regular use of communication channels to promote Tier 1 interventions, evidence-based ‘apps’ and healthy weight messages, including partner organisations: a. websites b. Facebook c. Twitter. 6.11 Data and Evaluation Gaps 1. Monitoring and evaluation of commissioned services is not consistent. 2. Lack of information sharing amongst organisations. 3. Lack of performance monitoring for healthy weight in general. Actions 1. Improve monitoring and performance management of commissioned services ensuring that there is a consistent approach to monitoring and evaluation using tools developed by PHE. 2. Explore the need for a providers forum for those delivering healthy weight services. 3. Devise a performance dashboard for physical activity, healthy eating, overweigh and obesity to be regularly discussed at Health and Wellbeing Board. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 182 20 Appendix 1 6.12 General Gaps 1. There is a lack of integration and central co-ordination of services and services are not at sufficient scale. 2. A general lack of engagement with at risk or vulnerable groups e.g. mental health clients, people with learning and physical disabilities, the visually impaired, BME group, carers and those they care for (including young carers). 3. Inadequate representation at the Healthy Weight Steering group from a full range of colleagues. 4. Lack of engagement with local supermarket chains and local convenient shops. Actions 1. Develop a Healthy Weight Care Pathway for children and adults to ensure that it limits duplication, includes clear referral criteria and achieves the required scale, as part of this work: a. Develop a single point of information for residents. b. Develop a single entry point for health and social care professionals with clear referral criteria for healthy weight services. Partners are currently looking into developing a social prescribing model in the borough which should facilitate this. 2. Investigate relevant community and voluntary organisations to work with high risk groups, including ensuring that the findings of the focus groups held with visually impaired clients are taken into account in the relating action plan for this strategy. 3. Public Health to discuss with colleagues including Mental Health, Community and Voluntary Sector, Schools, Young Carers Group, midwifery and Pharmacies to ensure their representation on the Healthy Weight Steering Group. 4. Work with local convenient stores to provide good quality, low price fruit and vegetables. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 183 21 Appendix 1 7. Monitoring, Evaluation and Governance The Public Health Outcomes Framework (PHOF) provides a monitoring mechanism regarding increasing healthy life expectancy and reducing differences overall between communities. Tackling obesity falls within Domain 2 and Domain 4 of the PHOF. Local Authorities will need to report on these indicators. Domain 2: Healthy Improvement: People are helped to live healthy lifestyles, make healthy choices and reduce inequalities Domain 4: Healthcare public health and preventing premature mortality: Reduced numbers of people living with preventable ill health and people dying prematurely while reducing the gap between communities Work to tackle obesity is also in line with the Adult Social Care Outcomes Framework Domain 1: Enhancing quality of life for people with care and support needs. The Healthy Weight Steering Group will monitor the implementation of this strategy, led by Public Health using the proposed performance dashboard. This will be done at the quarterly meetings and reports sent as appropriate to the Health and Wellbeing Board who will have oversight of the strategy from a governance perspective. 8. Next steps Much of the infrastructure is already in place to deliver the strategy. As soon as the strategy has been through relevant decision-making forums in Waltham Forest, a full action plan will be developed, with named individuals against actions, and costed by the Healthy Weight Steering Group, ensuring that actions to be taken are evidence based. This plan will have clear milestones to cover the life of the strategy. The strategy implementation will be phased from Years 1 to 5. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 184 22 Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Definition of overweight and obese What is healthy weight? Healthy weight has been defined as having the body weight most appropriate for an individual’s height, which produces the greatest health benefits. This complements the widely accepted, yet rather vague definition of overweight and obesity as abnormal or excessive fat accumulation that may be detrimental to health and wellbeing. Overweight and obesity are terms used to describe increasing degrees of excess body fatness which can lead to increasingly adverse effects on health and wellbeing. Both are commonly assessed by using Body Mass index (BMI) which is defined as the person’s weight in kilograms divided by the square of their height in metres (kg/m²).45 See table 1 for BMI definitions by category. Table 1: WHO classifications to define weight in adults Category BMI Underweight <18.5 Healthy weight 18.5 – 24.9 Overweight 25.0 – 29.9 Obesity I 30.0 – 34.9 Obesity II 35.0 – 39.9 Obesity III >40 Source: The Public Health England Obesity Knowledge and Intelligence Team National Heart Forum (2007) Lightening the Load Tackling overweight and obesity: A toolkit for developing local strategies to tackle overweight and obesity in children and adults, DH, London 45 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 185 23 Appendix 1 Appendix 2 Healthy Weight Steering Group Members Public Health Consultant - LBWF Public Health Strategist - LBWF Head of Sports and Leisure - LBWF Head of Catering – LBWF Head of Spatial Planning – LBWF Senior Transport Planner – LBWF Early Years Group Manager – LBWF Community Dietician – NELFT Operational Lead, Infant feeding and Health Improvement - NELFT General Practitioner lead Senior Commissioning Manager - CCG Greenwich Leisure Limited Mental Health (no current representation) Community and Voluntary Sector (no current representation) Consultant Paediatrician – Barts Health – Whipps Cross Pharmacies (no current representation) Representative from schools (no current representation) Representative from young carers group (no current representation) Midwife – Barts Health – Whipps Cross (no current representation) Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 186 24 Appendix 1 Appendix 3 ‘Modelling life course timeline & opportunities for making the healthy choice the easy choice’ Page 187 Source: A Kingdom Oct 07 (draft 1.0) Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 25 Appendix 1 Appendix 4 National Strategic context Policy Drivers Health Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England (2011) Change4Life Three Year Social Marketing Strategy (2011) Start Active, Stay Active, A report on physical Activity for Health for the four home countries’ Chief Medical Officers (2011) ‘Choosing Health White Paper’ and subsequent delivery plans, Delivering Choosing Health: Making Healthier Choices Easier’; Choosing a Better Diet: A Food and Health Action Plan; and ‘Choosing Activity: A Physical Activity Action Plan’ (2005) Lightening the Load: Tackling Overweight and Obesity – A Toolkit for Developing Local Strategies to Tackle Overweight and Obesity in Children and Adults’ (National Heart Forum, Faculty of Public health and the NHS 2007) National Service Framework for Children, Young People and Maternity Services, Standards 1,2, and 3 (November 2006) Maternity Matters: Choice, Access and Continuity of Are in a Safe Service (April 2007) Physical Activity and the Environment (National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE), 2008) Healthy Weight, Healthy Lives: A cross Government Strategy for England (January 2008) Let’s Get Moving Commissioning Guidance A new physical activity care pathway for the NHS (September 2009) In addition, The National Institute of Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) has produced: NICE ph47 Managing overweight and obesity among children and young people: lifestyle weight management services (October 2013) Clinical Guidance Number 43: Obesity: the Prevention, Identification, Assessment and Management of overweight and Obesity in Adults and Children (November 2006) NICE Dietary interventions and physical activity interventions for weight management before, during and after pregnancy (July 2010) NICE guidance on promoting and creating built or natural environments that encourage and support physical activity Public Health Responsibility Deal The Public Health Responsibility Deal aims to tap into the potential for businesses and other influential organisations to make a significant contribution to improving public health by helping shape a healthy environment. The Responsibility Deal involves organisations taking voluntary action in one or more of the following areas to help people lead healthier lives: Alcohol Food Health at work Physical activity The food pledges encourage organisations to agree to specific actions: calorie information for food and non-alcoholic drink, removal of ingredients that contain artificial transfats, reviewing portion sizes, education and information. The physical activity deal focuses on encouraging and assisting people to become more physically active. Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy Page 2015-2020 188 26 Appendix 1 Appendix 5 Current weight management services in Waltham Forest: Tiers 1- 4 *Homerton Hospital have stage 1 accreditation in maternity unit Whipps Cross Hospital are working towards stage 1 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 Page 189 27 Appendix 1 Appendix 6 Weight Management Commissioning Landscape 2013-14 The following is a mapping services commissioned by the Local Authority, Clinical Commissioning Group, NHS England and the Community Voluntary Sector. There are other weight management services in the borough that are not commissioned by these bodies. These have been excluded from the mapping due to time constraints. Children Tier Name of service 1 Leisure services Page 190 1 1 Community dieticians Healthy Child Programme 0-5 (Health Visitors) 1 Healthy Child Programme 5-19 & NCMP (School Nurses) 1 Healthy Schools Programme 1 Restriction of Hot food takeaways Brief Description of Service Free swimming for under 18s Junior Gym for 11-15 years old Dieticians service in the children centres including food clubs and weaning sessions Universal preventative service, providing families with a programme of health and developmental reviews (10-14 days, 1 year and 2 years) including open child health clinics supplemented by advice around health, wellbeing and parenting and signposting. Universal and progressive services for children and young people to promote optimal health and wellbeing. Offers a variety of health reviews (reception, year 6/7 and mid-teen), screening tests, information and signposting including NCMP Role of support program is to encourage and enable schools to participate in the programme, which leads to an increased emphasis on healthy eating and activity, including encouraging take-up of healthy school meals £1 million set aside annually to fund breakfast clubs and healthy snack-packs for reception and year 6 pupils in schools, with 55 schools (69%) already signed up Around £2m invested in improving school kitchens and dining facilities for 2013-17, plus reinvesting 50% of school-meal surplus income Food For Life (FFL) Silver Catering Mark for primary school menus and Bronze for secondary for schools using the Council’s in-house school meals service Ranked 10th for leading in good food practice in the Good Food for London report 2014 46 schools signed up for the healthy schools London, with 12 achieving Bronze. Under the previous national Healthy Schools systems, 93% achieved Bronze or above Universal Infant Free School Meals implemented from September 2014 Planning policies in place which seek to reduce the proliferation of Hot food Takeaways, particularly near schools as a means of combating their known adverse impact on community health Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 28 Appendix 1 1 Hornbeam 1 Waltham Forest Somali Bravanese Action Group The Asian centre TSP Youth Space The Limes Community & Children’s Centre Aquavision North London 1 1 1 1 1 1 Page 191 2 2 3 4 Leyton United Football Youth Community Academy The London Playing Fields Foundation Go For it & Teen Why Weight Universal dietetic services (1:1 sessions Multi- Discipline weight management service Bariatric Surgery Adults Tier Name of Service 1 6 Leisure centres 1 1 1 Parks and Open spaces including outdoor gyms, play areas & sports pitches Disability Sport Our Parks Healthy Start vouchers can be used to buy fruit and vegetables at the stalls or box scheme. Activities - under 5s Nature explorers, cooking, bike club Provide advice, information and guidance to the Somali and Bravanese community in Waltham forest and surrounding boroughs. Run football club project to the Somali youth in Waltham Forest. Activities- Youth Club & One to One Mentoring for 13 – 19 year old, Taekwondo An activity centre that meets the needs of all the family. Jungle gym downstairs for the under 8s. Run fully inclusive services for disabled and non-disabled 0-25 year olds, the sessions run at various days and times, activities such as cooking Provides recreational and competitive synchronised swimming club. Offers synchronised swimming classes from aged 8 and above. Free taster sessions to anyone interested in trying synchronised swimming or anyone who just wants to improve their swimming and fitness. Runs family friendly youth football clubs and training sessions in the community. Teams from under 8 are through to under 21’s. Provide playing fields to schools, clubs, disadvantaged and under-represented groups to play sports and to providing training courses for coaches and volunteers. Go for it – 10 weeks weight management programme for children (7- 11 years old)and parents Teen why weight - 4 weeks weight management programme for teenagers Overweight/obese children with co-morbidities e.g. children with diabetes and learning disabilities Multi-disciplinary team providing behavioural therapy, psychological services and medical support Current gap in service provision Current gap in service provision Brief Description of Service Free swimming for over 60s and disabled residents. Gym Station with cardiovascular and resistance equipment, free weights area and aerobics sessions Healthy Vending Machines in Leisure centre Free sports & recreational activities Archery, Athletics, Forest Flyer2 hockey, Multi Sports Session, Swimming A free fitness classes which will be held in 4 parks. Each park will have 10 hours of free activities taking place every week. Our Parks is funded for 2 years Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 29 Appendix 1 1 1 1 1 1 1&2 1 1 1 Page 192 1 Active Travel (cycle Training) Scope in Waltham Forest Mobile Green Grocer project Initiatives around nourishment from early years Age UK Waltham Forest Redbridge CVS William Morris Community Centre Users Association Waltham Forest Disability Resource Centre Waltham Forest Asian Seniors' Club 1 1 Waltham Forest Cycling Campaign The Mill Waltham Forest Age UK 1 City and Hackney Mind 1 The Health Works 1 Tamil Elders Welfare Association 1 1 2 Tamil Elders Association Soul 2 Dance Exercise on Referral 2 Better weight management service Why Weight 1:1 session with Dietitian 2 2 Cycle trainers Support for disabled people and their families at home and in the community A food van providing affordably priced fresh produce within identified ‘food deserts’ Love Mums breastfeeding support programme Maternal and new-born vitamin distribution Activities- Balance and exercise classes for the over 60s, Saturday Morning Tai Chi for over 50s, Yoga for the over 60s Fit for Fun provides 20 week of free exercise classes for voluntary and community sector groups in the borough Diabetic association meeting, Ju Jitsu club, Karate club Provide a range of activities to choose from such as, gardening, multi-sports session with Boccia, Skittles and bowling, as well as a choice of exercise classes. WFASC is dedicated to serving the welfare of Asian older adults above 50; provide social, recreational, cultural and health promotion activities for our members. Activities include: gentle exercise, tai chi, luncheon club, advice sessions, health and nutrition advice Work to encourage people to cycle more often and lobby for better conditions for cycling. The Mill, Walthamstow’s activities for all ages, many of them FREE such as cycle club, yoga For older adults in Waltham Forest. Balance and exercise classes for the over 60s. Saturday Morning Tai Chi to music for over 50s. Yoga for the over 60s Activities in the day centre: Gardening, Yoga, Gym, Women’s only gym. Offers a subsidised freshly cooked nutritious lunch. Belly dance and Zumba classes for adults. Yoga and Pilates lessons are held weekly, including ante and post natal. Helping elders with healthcare, health check-ups every three months for BP and blood sugar levels. Health talks from doctors, chair based exercises every meeting. Yoga expert twice a month. Areas of Activity: Older People, Leisure, sport & healthy living Soul 2 Dance believe in two things: dancing, and having fun, classes provide plenty of both EOR involves structured exercise session with supervision from an NVQ-level 3 plus GP referral trained instructor Level 4 – Cardiac Rehabilitation Weight management service for clients BMI >25 6 weeks Weight Management programme provided by the community dietician For Diabetic patients provided by the community dieticians Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 30 Appendix 1 2 2 3 4 X-pert Prescribing Multi- Discipline weight management service Bariatric Surgery 6wks session for newly diagnosed Type 2 diabetic clients Prescribing Anti-obesity drugs Multi-disciplinary team providing behavioural therapy, psychological services and medical support Current gap in service provision Page 193 Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015-2020 31 Appendix 2 Decision Healthy weight strategy 2015- 2020 – Healthy Weight for all in Waltham Forest What is an Equality Analysis (EA) for? Protected Characteristics April 2015 Double click here for more information / Hide What is the Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED)? Fostering good relations Date Double click here for more information / Hide Double click here for more information / Hide Double click here for more information / Hide Page 195 Guidance on compliance with the PSED for officers and decision makers Double click here for more information / Hide What to do if your proposal is scheduled for Cabinet/Committee? Double click here for more information / Hide The EA should be appended to the Cabinet or Committee report and the key findings from it should be set out in the “Equalities Implications” section of the report. This will ensure that the decision-makers are made fully aware of any equality impacts and/or any mitigation action proposed prior to making a decision. NOTE: Failure to complete an EA and implications section adequately or at all is likely to result in the deferral of consideration of the report as it places in doubt the legality and effectiveness of the overall decision. IMPORTANT NOTES: 1. THIS FRONT SHEET IS AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THE EA – COMPLETE THE TEMPLATE AND SUBMIT IT AS A SINGLE DOCUMENT. 2. IN RARE CASES, WHEN COMPLETING THE ASSESSMENT IT MAY BECOME APPARENT THAT THE RECOMMENDATIONS WOULD LEAD TO UNLAWFUL DISCRIMINATION E.G. A PROPOSAL TO PAY MEN MORE THAN WOMEN. IF SO, STOP, RECONSIDER YOUR PROPOSAL AND SEEK ADVICE. THE HEAD OF SERVICE OR DIRECTOR WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEMBER LEVEL REPORTS MUST BE SATISFIED WITH THE FINALISED EQUALITY ANALYSIS AND FOR MAJOR PROPOSALS, IT IS SENSIBLE TO ENSURE YOUR LEAD MEMBER HAS BEEN CONSULTED. The Proposals Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required 1. What is the Proposal? Provide a short summary of the proposal and its rationale. To develop a Healthy Weight Strategy and action plan. This strategy is in response to the Department of Health, Healthy Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England 1 which set out key areas for action tackle obesity in England. The overall vision of this strategy is to provide an environment that enables all Waltham Forest residents to make healthy food choices, to stay physically active and to maintain a healthy weight throughout their lives. Page 196 The increase in the number of overweight and obese children and adults has been documented in a number of significant reports and Government White Papers. The policy issues raised have been translated into National Delivery Plans, National Service Frameworks and Toolkits. These documents are designed to help partners to develop and support local action. They include: o Health Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England (2011) o Change4Life Three Year Social Marketing Strategy (2011) o Start Active, Stay Active, A report on physical Activity for Health for the four home countries’ Chief Medical Officers (2011) Waltham Forest draft Healthy Weight Strategy has been developed in partnership with the healthy weight steering group comprising of key stakeholders in health and social care, Clinical Commissioning Groups and voluntary sector. It sets out to deliver the following outcomes: To increase participation in active travel and physical activity by creating and promoting socially and culturally appropriate safe physical environments. To increase healthy eating by increasing and promoting the availability of, and access to healthy food choices and reducing the availability of and access to foods that are high in fat, sugar and salt. To ensure that all health, social care and educational settings across the life course encourage and support healthy eating, active travel and physical activity, particularly early years to enable a healthy start for children. To create healthy workplaces that encourages and support healthy eating, active travel and physical activity. To up-skill residents, health, social care and educational staff so that they have access to consistent, evidence-based information and advice on healthy eating, active travel and physical activity. To increase access to appropriate, evidence-based weight management interventions across the life course targeting those at highest risk and 1 Department of Health 2011, Healthy Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 2 of 12 1. What is the Proposal? greatest health inequalities A proportion of the public health grant has been allocated to support the implementation of the local action plan. 2. What are the recommendations? An obesity stakeholders’ event was held in September 2014 to engage and ascertain the views of our stakeholders. The draft strategy was taken to the Health and Wellbeing Board on the 26th November 2014 and the Healthy Weight Steering Group on 2nd December 2014. The comments from stakeholders, Health and Wellbeing Board and the Healthy Weight Steering Group were taken on board and included into the strategy. Cabinet is recommended to: Agree the Healthy Weight Strategy and to note in particular: Its proposed approach (section 1.3) The gaps and actions identified in service provision in the strategy (section 6) The next steps (section 8) Page 197 3. Who is affected by the Proposal? Identify the main groups most likely to be affected by the recommendations, directly and indirectly. This strategy identifies the following groups at higher risk of developing obesity. These are: Children2 and adults experiencing increased socioeconomic deprivation, for example 14% of women in social class I are obese compared with 28% in social class V3 Children from certain ethnic minority groups such as Bangladeshi, Black Caribbean and Black African were found to be at a higher risk of obesity4 Looked after children are more likely to be overweight and obese compared with their peers5 Certain points in life have also been found to be associated with weight gain: pregnancy, menopause and smoking cessation6 People who use mental health services, in particular those with a diagnosis of schizophrenia or dipolar disorder, have been identified as being at increased risk of greater levels of obesity and associated conditions, such as heart disease and diabetes7 2 PHE, Health inequalities, http://www.noo.org.uk/NOO_about_obesity/inequalities, date accessed 13/11/14 Foresight (2007) Tackling Obesities: Future Choices – Project Report. Government Office for Science 4 GLA Intelligence Unit 2011 Childhood obesity in London 5 Hadfield, S.C. & Preece, (2008), Obesity in looked after children: is foster are protective to the dangers of obesity? Child: Care, Health & Development ,Vole 34(6):pp710-712 6 NICE (2006) Obesity: Full guidelines – section 3 Prevention – evidence, statements & reviews 7 Department of Health (2006) Choosing Health: Supporting the physical health needs of people with severe mental illness, DH, London 3 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 3 of 12 There is evidence to suggest that levels of obesity are higher in people with learning disabilities 8 Older people: Increasing age is associated with increasing prevalence in obesity up to the age of 64 years, when a decline in the prevalence begins Young mothers (over 21 years) of white ethnicity are significantly less likely to initiate breastfeeding than any other ethnic group.9 There is evidence that weaning earlier than current recommendations leads to rapid weight gain in infancy which may in turn increase the risk of child obesity.10 Early weaning has also been found to be associated with increased weight and body fat at age 7 years.11 Exclusive breastfeeding has been found to be associated with a modest reduction in childhood obesity risk.12 In addition to the groups at risk listed above, it is important to also consider the needs of those groups for whom barriers to accessing services are known to exist, including people with mental health problems, people with a disability and people for whom English is not their first language. Age Double click here to add impact / Hide Page 198 Key borough statistics: The 2011 census shows that Waltham Forest has a population of 258,249. Broken down by broad age group, some 26.1% of the population (67,303) were aged 0-19, 35.8% (92,392) 20-39, 28.2% (72,988) 40-64 and 10% (25,566) were aged 65+. Compared to London and England and Wales Waltham Forest has a younger age profile with 8.1% of its population aged 0-4 and 26.1% 0-19 compared to 7.2% and 24.5% across London and 6.2% and 24% across England and Wales respectively. Those aged 20-39 (35.8%) constitute the same percentage of the population in Waltham Forest as across London as a whole (also 35.8%) compared to only 26.9% across England and Wales. Smaller proportions of the borough population are found in the 40-64 and 65+ age groups which constitute 28.2% and 10% Check box if NOT applicable compared to 32.7% and 16.4% across England and Wales. (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics). Children in Care: As at December 2012, we had 289 children in our care. 56% were male and 44% female. Most are in the 12-16 age bracket (35%) followed by 6-11 age group (24%). Ethnic breakdown - White: 42%; Black or Black British: 28%; Mixed race: 19%; Asian or Asian British: 6%; Other: 4%. NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Ward based data is available here: http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/Pages/Services/statistics-economic-informationand-analysis.aspx?l1=100004&l2=200088 Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Age Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here Prevalence in obesity differs by age. The prevalence of obesity and overweight changes with age. Prevalence of obesity is lowest in the 16-24 year age group. There is a decline in prevalence in the oldest age group. The height and weight of every school child (Reception and Year 6 classes) ages 4-5 and 10-11 years in England is measured as part of the National Child 8 Department of Health (2011). Healthy Lives, Healthy People: A call to action on obesity in England Baker, D, Garrow A, & Shiels C (2008), Child Health and Ethnicity in Manchester. Centre for Public Health Research, Institute for Health and Social Care Research, University of Salford Sloan S, et al (2007) Early weaning is related to weight and weight gain in infancy, child care, health and development, 34,1,59-64 11 Wilson AC et al(1998) Relation of infant diet to childhood health: seven year follow up of cohort of children in Dundee infant feeding study, BMJ, 31621-25 12 Armstrong J,Reilly J (2002) Breastfeeding and lowering the risk of childhood obesity. The Lancet; 359:2003-2004 9 10 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 4 of 12 Age Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Measurement Programme (NCMP). Figure 1 shows the trend in prevalence of overweight and obesity in reception year from 2006/07 to 2013/14 for Waltham Forest, London and England. In 2013/14 in Reception Year, 22.8% of children in Waltham Forest were overweight or obese, compared to 23.1% in London and 22.5% in England. Figure 1: Trend in the prevalence of overweight or obesity in Reception Year (ages 4-5 years) in Waltham Forest, London and England, 2007/08 to 2013/14 Page 199 Source: Health and Social Care Information Centre, National Child Measurement Programme In 2013/14 in Reception year in Waltham Forest, 11.3% of children were obese only, compared to 10.0% in London and 9.5% in England. Figure 2 shows the trend in prevalence of overweight and obesity in Year 6 from 2006/07 to 2013/14 for Waltham Forest, London and England. In 2013/14 in Year 6, 37.8% of children in Waltham Forest were overweight or obese, compared to 37.6% in London and 33.5% in England. Figure 2: Trend in the prevalence of overweight or obesity in Year 6 in Waltham Forest, London and England, 2007/08 to 2013/14 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 5 of 12 Age Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Source: Health and Social Care Information Centre, National Child Measurement Programme Page 200 In 2013/14 in Year 6 in Waltham Forest 23.4% of children were obese only, compared to 22.4% in London and 19.5% in England. What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here In order to reduce health inequalities this strategy will use a life course approach to prevent and management overweight and obesity across the different age groups. The groups are Pregnancy and early years (0-4 years) Childhood (5 -17 years) including schools Adulthood (18-59 years) Older people (60+ years) The Strategy contains identified gaps and the corresponding actions that should be taken to plug the gaps and meet the strategy objectives. The action plan that is in development will include targeted interventions for different the age groups. Disability Double click here to add impact / Hide Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Check box if NOT applicable Page 6 of 12 Key borough statistics: Look for update from latest APS / also see Borough profile update Recent data from the 2011/2012 Annual Population survey suggests there are 31,000 disabled people of working age (16-64) living in Waltham Forest of which around 16,000 are female and 15,000 male. This represents around 1 in 5 (20%) of the working age population, a higher rate than found across London (16.9%) though lower than that found in England (20.5%). 2012 data finds that across the borough some 10,350 residents claim disability living allowance with rates tending to be higher in the southern and middle wards of the borough though this data should only be treated as a rough indicator of the prevalence of disability. As at January 2012, some 1,299 children and young people had a statement of Special Educational Needs in Waltham Forest. (Source: 2011 Census, 2011/12 Annual Population survey, Office for National Statistics, Department for Work and Pensions, Department for Education) Notes: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Disability Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here There is limited data available nationally and none locally on disability and obesity. People with disabilities are at increased risk of becoming overweight and obese due to reduce physical activity. What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? The Strategy is likely to provide positive benefits to disabled people who are overweight or obese. People with disabilities and long-term conditions are identified as a group at risk of becoming obese. The Healthy Weight strategy uses a life course approach to tackle overweight and obesity including people with physical and learning disabilities. We are planning to commission an organisation to provide cooking sessions within the borough. All interventions/commissioned services will be accessible to disabled people including people with learning difficulties. Part of the monitoring for the commissioned services will include analysis and monitoring take up of these services by people with disabilities. Page 201 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 7 of 12 Pregnancy and Maternity Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: According to the 2011 census, 8.1% (20,839) of the Waltham Forest population is aged 0-4 compared to 7.2% across London and 6.2% across England and Wales. For those aged 0-1 these percentages are respectively 3.3% (Waltham Forest), 3% (London) and 2.5% (England & Wales). The Total Fertility rate for Waltham Forest in 2011 is 2.69 (3rd highest across London) compared to a London and England figure of 1.99. The teenage pregnancy rate in Waltham Forest (2010) is 45.7 per 1,000 of the female population aged 15-17 Check box if NOT applicable compared with 37.1 across London and 35.5 across England and Wales. Source: 2011 Census, Conception statistics and Birth Summary Tables, Office for National Statistics. NB: The total fertility rate measures the projected number of births born to a woman over her lifetime 2.These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Pregnancy and Maternity Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals. Type response here Page 202 Maternal obesity increases health risks for both the mother and child throughout and post pregnancy. However data on the prevalence of maternal obesity are not collected routinely but trend data from the Health Survey for England show that the prevalence of obesity among women of childbearing age increased during the period 1997-201013. What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here There is currently a gap in service provision for overweigh and obese pregnant women. This gap which was identified as part of our mapping process will be addressed as part of our healthy weight action plan. Race Double click here to add impact / Hide Key Borough Statistics: According to 2011 census data Waltham Forest’s White British population is 92,999, 36% of the total borough population. All other ethnic groups constitute 64% of the population (165,250). Broken down by specified ethnicity: White Other (37,472/14.5%), Pakistani (26,347/10.2%), Black Caribbean (18,841/7.3%), Black African (18,815/7.3%), Indian (9,134/3.5%), Other Black (7,135/2.8%), Any other ethnic group (6,728/2.6%), Bangladeshi (4,632/1.8%) and Chinese (2,579/1%). Note: The more detailed ethnicity breakdown goes into more detail and data for more recent arrivals includes: Polish (6,944/2.7%), Other Eastern 13 Check box if NOT applicable Europe (6,020/2.3%) and Baltic states (3,011/1.2%). Data on arrivals from other countries over the last 8 years show that Poland, Pakistan and Lithuania have supplied the greatest number of migrants. (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics, Department for Work and Pensions) NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Public Health England, Maternal Obesity briefing http://www.noo.org.uk/NOO_about_obesity/maternal_obesity date accessed 9th March 2015 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 8 of 12 Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Women from Black African groups appear to have the highest prevalence of obesity and men from Chinese and Bangladeshi groups have the lowest.14 Women appear to have a higher prevalence of obesity in almost every minority ethnic group, with a significant difference between women and men among the Pakistani, Bangladeshi and Black African groups. Children from certain ethnic minority groups such as Bangladeshi, Black Caribbean and Black African were found to be at a higher risk of obesity 15 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Page 203 Religion or Belief Commissioned providers will be encouraged to have a diverse workforce and ensure equal access to services and engagement of the hard to reach groups/communities. Services commissioned will be tailored to meet the needs of our local population. For example, cooking sessions for African and Bangladeshi communities will be tailored to their cultural needs. Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: According to the 2011 Census the borough has 48.4% of its population stating their religion to be Christian, Muslim 21.9%, Hindu 2.3%, Jewish 0.5%, Sikh 0.5%, Buddhist 0.8% and other 0.4%. Some 18% of residents claimed no religion whilst 7.3% did not state an answer. The multi-faith nature of Waltham Forest is evidenced by more recent data which shows that Waltham Forest has Check box if NOT applicable around 150 Christian Churches, 16 Muslim Mosques, 4 Hindu Temples, 3 Jewish Synagogues, 1 Sikh Gurdwara and 1 Tao Temple. NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Religion or Belief Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here 14 15 th Public Health England, Health Inequalities briefing, http://www.noo.org.uk/NOO_about_obesity/inequalities#d6892 date accessed 9 March 2015 th Public Health England, Health Inequalities briefing, http://www.noo.org.uk/NOO_about_obesity/inequalities#d6892 date accessed 9 March 2015 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 9 of 12 Religion or Belief Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here Health belief varies widely within minority ethnic groups according to religion and culture. Commissioned providers will be encouraged to have a diverse workforce providing services that meet the needs of our diverse population. Information and advice on diet would be given to residents in preparation of a religious festival e.g. Ramadan, Easter, Christmas and New Year. Prevention work will be carried out using ‘plate’ model to develop ethnic education presented in mosque, synagogue and Punjabi centres. Sex Double click here to add impact / Hide Page 204 Key borough statistics: The 2011 census put the gender split of Waltham Forest as Male: 128,970 (49.94%) and Female 129,279 (50.06%). (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics). Check box if NOT applicable NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Sex: The data showed that more women than men access the exercise on referral programme. Females (69%) referred into the scheme far outweigh the referrals for males (31%) in 2013/1416. This could be probable due to the lack of gender-specific provision.Clicand hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here As part of the action plan there will be services commissioned for males as the data shows more women are engaging in our current services. There will be targeted interventions specifically aimed at engaging men in the services provided. 16 Exercises on referral annual report 2013 -2014 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 10 of 12 Sexual Orientation and Gender Reassignment Marriage and Civil Partnership Double click here to add impact / Hide Double click here to add impact / Hide Check box if NOT applicable Additional Impacts on Advancing Equality & Fostering Good Relations See pages 1 and 2 for full details of these two aims. This section seeks to identify what additional steps can be taken to promote these aims or to mitigate any adverse impact. Analysis should be based on the data you have collected above for the 8 protected characteristics covered by these aims. Remember, marriage and civil partnership is not covered. Key borough data: From our 2011 Cohesion Survey, a third of our respondents believe that differences are ‘definitely respected’. A further 46% believe this is the case most of the time, and just 6% feels this is not the case. By age group, a higher Check box if NOT applicable Double click here to add impact / Hide Check box if NOT applicable proportion of older residents feel differences are respected ‘definitely/most of the time’ (86% aged 66+ years). Residents with a disability are less likely to feel differences are respected (74%) than those without a disability (80%). The survey also shows that participation in community activity is 75% for Asian residents and residents in North Chingford (72%). Participation is lowest amongst South Chingford residents (63%). NB: These statistics provide general data for these protected characteristics. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Page 205 Additional Impacts on Advancing Equality & Fostering Good Relations Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Type response here Are there any additional benefits or risks of the proposals on advancing equality and fostering good relations not considered above? What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact on advancing equality or fostering good relations not considered above? Provide details of how effective the mitigation will be and how it will be monitored. Type response here Type response here Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 11 of 12 Conclusion Consider the Guidance below and set out your conclusions from the equalities analysis of the 8 protected characteristics. If there are negative equalities impacts, but you think that the proposals should still proceed in the current or amended form, explain what the objective justification for this is, providing evidence as appropriate. If it is helpful, refer to other documents e.g. the Cabinet report. You may find it helpful to identify one of the 4 outcomes below as being closest to your current proposals. (Use your conclusions as a basis for the “Equalities Implications” in the Cabinet report.) This analysis has concluded that… Type response here There is a need to ensure that services commissioned to prevent and manage overweight and obesity in the borough meet the needs of men, BME communities, disabled people including people with learning difficulties and mental health conditions who are under-represented in services. There will be targeted interventions to address the groups mentioned above. Page 206 Outcome of Analysis Check one that applies Outcome 1 Outcome 2 No major change required when the assessment has not identified any potential for Adjustments to remove barriers identified by the assessment or to better advance discrimination or adverse impact and all opportunities to advance equality have equality. Are you satisfied that the proposed adjustments will remove the barriers been taken. identified? Outcome 3 Outcome 4 Continue despite having identified some potential for adverse impacts or missed opportunities to advance equality. In this case, the justification should be included in the assessment and should be in line with the duty to have ‘due regard’. For the most important relevant policies, compelling reasons will be needed. You should consider whether there are sufficient plans to reduce the negative impact and/or plans to monitor the actual impact. Signed off by Head of Service: Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Stop and rethink when an assessment shows actual or potential unlawful discrimination. Name: Dr Andrew Taylor Date: Thursday, 02 April 2015 Page 12 of 12 Appendix 3 AApem Obesity and Overweight in Waltham Forest - A Summary of the Healthy Weight Strategy 2015 - 20 Next Steps The Waltham Forest Target is to reduce the prevalence of Obesity by 1% a year - This will reverse the trend which we have seen over the last 30 years of increasing health impact of obesity. The Cost of obesity The Cost of obesity Page 207 The financial cost The personal cost Obesity now costs the Taxpayer more than police, prisons and the fire service combined Obesity second only to tobacco as the biggest killer The cost of care which is attributable to obesity is £47bn (Public Health England) compared to the UK spend on Social Care is 17bn Heart Disease, Stroke, asthma, sleep apnoea, gallstones, kidney stones, infertility, leukaemia, breast cancer, colon cancer + 8 other cancers Every 1% reduction in obesity will potentially save 4% of the attributable excess cost of care Social and emotional disadvantage The UK spends more on Bariatric Surgery than on the proven schemes which would reduce obesity Discrimination, lower wages Lower quality of life Mental health issues and depression. This summary Of the Waltham Forest Healthy Weight Strategy 2015 - 20 gives direction and focus for a way forward which will successfully tackle this problem, improve personal wellbeing and reduce the burden on other public services, primary care, social care and secondary care. It identifies, within a life course approach 1. What we know - The scale of the problem and the story of how it impacts on people – What we know and what we need to know in the future 2. What Works – Best current knowledge from NICE guidance and elsewhere on the type of intervention which will work. 3. What the priorities should be – What we believe will have most impact in the area 4. How we will measure and know we are succeeding - Data for monitoring 5. What will success look like - Aspirations and targets for success The approach we are taking is based on the Health and Wellbeing Board Strategy which focuses on giving tailored focus within four key life course dimensions. It looks at the opportunities which give triggers for people to make changes to lifestyles, with help from others, which will improve their individual and family health and wellbeing. The Best Start in Life (0 – 4) Childhood (5 – 17) Adulthood (18 – 59) Thriving Maturity 60+ Pregnancy and Early Years Building physical and emotional resilience, learning and preparing for adulthood Prosperity, opportunities and family building Thriving maturity, active, happy and well. 1 AApem The Best Start in Life (0 – 4) What we know In Waltham Forest obesity in this group is high and is not declining. We know this from the measurements that are taken in schools at age 4/5 reception classes. (National Child Measurement Programme) This points to a continuing trend of increasing health burden and health care cost. Trend in the prevalence of overweight & obesity in Reception Year (ages 4-5 years) in Waltham Forest, London and England, 2007/08 to 2013/14 Pregnancy and Early Years What works? We know that family centred intervention in a range of settings has a high and lasting impact. NICE guidance says that this should include core components to help behaviour change techniques to help families to have confidence in being able to change, encouraging healthy eating and to enjoy being be physically active. Our Priorities 1. Providing local support for pregnant women with a high BMI including a review of the booking-in information pack given to pregnant women to ensure information is consistent, appropriate and adequate. 2. Develop pathways within the Health Visitor and School Nurse transformation program which identify children and families who will benefit from help in behaviour change, healthy eating and more activity. 3. Work with partners to attain UNICEF Baby Friendly Accreditation across Waltham Forest. This will have a significant impact on improving the acceptability and uptake of breastfeeding Page 208 We don’t know enough about the weight of children during the years before they get to school. This period of life is where many of the characteristics which will influence the whole life are developed. It is a good time to work with families, especially when they are new parents and keen to learn. What should we measure? NICE Guidance says that we should measure and monitor Body Mass Index. We also want to measure impacts on general well-being , for example health related quality of life, so that we can obtain a QALY (quality adjusted life year) measure. This will show us what real success we are having in improving general health and wellbeing. We would require providers to follow up participants at 6 months and a year after to measure long term weight management. The Public Health Outcome framework focus is on excess weight in this group at 4/5 years old. 4. Provide and expand a range of activities through Council run facilities, leisure centres etc., with full participation in London wide and neighbouring local authority activities What will success look like? o Negotiated, agreed and monitored achievement of agreed targets with partners and providers. o For example: - 90% of participants achieving a 5% weight loss over the period of the program. o It should be possible to expect to reduce obesity and overweight at the same speed as it has increased. Over the last 30 years obesity has trebled. Reversing the trend means a 1% decrease every year. We will therefore set this as our target. 2 Childhood (5 – 17) AApem Building Physical and Emotional resilience, learning and preparing for adulthood What we know Trend in the prevalence of overweight & obesity in Year 6 in Waltham Forest, London and England, 2007/08 to 2013/14. What works? We know that holistic family centred intervention in a range of settings has a high and lasting impact. NICE guidance says that this should include core components to help behaviour change techniques to help families to have confidence in being able to change, encouraging healthy eating and to enjoy being be physically active. Healthy school meals and school based interventions which develop good eating habits and an understanding of what makes people healthy Page 209 Our Priorities 1. Develop a family-centred service linked to NCMP to help children and families to have confidence and adapt to eating a healthier diet and getting more enjoyable physical activity. Obesity in this group has risen after a brief reduction in 2008 – 2012. If this trend continues the impact on young people’s health will be large and will continue through the life course. 2. Implement a referral mechanism to GPs for children who are overweight or obese following NCMP including clear guidance and training around what onward advice, monitoring and referrals GPs should make following NCMP notification. 3. Implement Healthy Lifestyle Programmes in all schools that cover diet, food groups, physical activity including: What should we measure? NICE Guidance says that we should measure and monitor Body Mass Index. We also want to measure impacts on general well-being , for example health related quality of life, so that we can obtain a QALY (quality adjusted life year) measure. This will show us what real success we are having in improving general health and wellbeing. We would require providers to follow up participants at 6 months and a year after to measure long term weight management. We also want to continue to learn how young people feel about overweight and obesity, understand what lies behind eating behaviour and understand better how we can bring about behaviour change more effectively. The Public Health Outcome framework focus is on excess weight in this group at 10/11 years old. 4. Support and encourage schools to address healthy weight as a priority for the Healthy School London Silver award. 5. Identify Personal Social Health and Economic (PSHE) education leads in each school (including special needs school) and provide support/training around nutrition/exercise and ensure they are linked with name school nurse and other appropriate services. What will success look like? Negotiated, agreed and monitored achievement of agreed targets with partners and providers. For example: - 90% of participants achieving a 5% weight loss over the period of the program. It should be possible to expect to reduce obesity and overweight at the same speed as it has increased. Over the last 30 years obesity has trebled. Reversing the trend means a 1% decrease every year. We will therefore set this as our target. 3 AApem Adulthood (18 – 59) Prosperity, Opportunities and Family Life Building What we know Prevalence of overweight and obesity among adults in London Boroughs, compared to London and England as a whole, 2012 What works? What Works? NICE guidance recommends integrated pathways across different types of services at different levels / tiers. There should be easy access co-ordination to enable people to self-refer, but also help health professionals to identify the best and most effective service for individual. These should include a range of providers and settings, but should be focused on lifestyle weight management programmes. Our Priorities 1. Commission and make easily accessible, a range of innovative weight management provision, in different settings, including through the voluntary sector to provide services which will reduce obesity, ensuring that minority groups, the disabled, people with mental illness and others are able to participate and benefit. 2. Develop a clear set of criteria, based on BMI and co-morbidities for referral into the different tiers of intervention. Page 210 Whilst obesity levels in Waltham Forest are lower than in many London Boroughs, there is no doubt that this is still a significant problem. With a rapidly changing population, but with a substantial static element, there is a need to understand the population and monitor changes on a regular basis. Knowledge of qualitative factors in future JSNAs will help understand how we can influence change quicker and in a more targeted way. What should we measure? 3. Commission weight management services which will attract men in order to compensate for current low levels of engagement. 4. Implement ‘Healthy Colleges’ programme modelled on the ‘Healthy Schools’ programme in order to develop good habits which will last through life. 5. Invest in, and expand physical activity through Council owned leisure facilities, including ‘our parks’, Green Gyms, ‘boot camps’ and a continuing portfolio of innovative initiatives 6. Work with the Council environmental health team and planning to continue to influence the quality, location and availability of healthier take away food. NICE Guidance says that we should measure and monitor Body Mass Index. 7. Work with this team, to engage with local businesses to promote healthy workplaces, where staff are encouraged to eat well and incorporate activity into their working day. We also want to measure impacts on general well-being , for example health related quality of life, so that we can obtain a QALY (quality adjusted life year) measure. This will show us what real success we are having in improving general health and wellbeing and help us to commission better services. 8. Work with the Council’s planning team in developing future housing environment which will encourage physical activity, walking, cycling and sports. We would require providers to follow up participants at 6 months and a year after to measure long term weight management. We also want to continue to learn how people understand what lies behind eating behaviour and understand better how we can bring about behaviour change more effectively. What will success look like? Negotiated, agreed and monitored achievement of agreed targets with partners and providers. For example: - 90% of participants achieving a 5% weight loss over the period of the program. It should be possible to expect to reduce obesity and overweight at the same speed as it has increased. Over the last 30 years obesity has trebled. Reversing the trend means a 1% decrease every year. We will therefore set this as our target. 4 Thriving Maturity 60+ AApem What we know We don’t have any good statistics which show how obesity levels change once people become over 60. We believe that people generally are prone to getting more overweight and obese as they become more sedentary due to health and mobility problems. It is really important to bear down on obesity for these groups because the increase in health risk factors has a profound effect on their health, reducing wellbeing and increasing the burden on health and social care provision. Thriving Maturity, Active, Happy and Well What works? What Works? Evidence shows that modest dietary control and increased activity are the most effective factors in controlling overweight and obesity. NICE guidance recommends integrated pathways across different types of services at different levels / tiers. There should be easy access co-ordination to enable people to self-refer, but also help health professionals to identify the best and most effective service for individual. These should include a range of providers and settings, but should be focused on lifestyle weight management programmes. Page 211 We will consider commissioning prevalence surveys at regular intervals so that we have better understanding of this and other health issues in our population. Our Priorities . What should we measure? NICE Guidance says that we should measure and monitor Body Mass Index. In this group we may wish to consider the routine collection of a wider range of health elements in our services, in order to give increased understanding of co-morbidities and tailor interventions which are fun and achievable. We also want to measure impacts on general well-being , for example health related quality of life, so that we can obtain a QALY (quality adjusted life year) measure. This will show us what real success we are having in improving general health and wellbeing and help us to commission better services. We would require providers to follow up participants at 6 months and a year after to measure long term weight management. • We also want to continue to learn how people understand what lies behind eating behaviour and understand better how we can bring about behaviour change more effectively. 1. Ensure that those residents receiving meals-on-wheels services, inpatients or in residential settings/facilities have healthy meals in line with Food Standard’s Agency guidance. 2. Ensure care, residential homes and day centres provide appropriate physical activity interventions. Provide more walking based activities – walking football, disk golf. Work with the CCG to link increase in physical activity into the fall agenda. 3. Commission and make easily accessible, a range of innovative weight management provision, in different settings, including through the voluntary sector to provide services which will reduce obesity, ensuring that minority groups, the disabled, people with mental illness and others are able to participate and benefit. 4. Commission weight management services which will attract men in order to compensate for current low levels of engagement. 5. Invest in, and expand physical activity through Council owned leisure facilities, including ‘our parks’, Green Gyms, ‘boot camps’ and a continuing portfolio of innovative initiatives 9. Work with the Council environmental health team and planning to continue to influence the quality, location and availability of healthier take away food. 10. Work with the Council’s planning team in developing future housing environment which will encourage physical activity, walking, cycling and sports. What will success look like? There is good potential for improving the health of this group. We would continue with negotiated, agreed and monitored achievement of agreed targets with partners and providers. It should be possible to expect to reduce obesity and overweight at the same speed as it has increased. Over the last 30 years obesity has trebled. A reversal of the trend would require a 1% decrease every year. We will therefore set this as our target. 5 AApem Cross Cutting Themes Workplace 1. Implement the ‘Healthier Catering Commitment’ in the Borough. o 2. Discuss the ‘Active Buildings’ research with local partners to explore Work with Human Resources departments across the borough to implement and promote a range of workplace initiatives to enable staff to lead a healthy lifestyle including 3. Walking and cycling between sites e.g. expand the LBWF bike scheme to NHS staff in CCG, hospital and community services Planning and Built Environment 1. Public Health and Planning departments to use appropriate planning and licensing tools including Health Impact Assessment[2] that includes consideration for physical activity and healthier food options. 2. Work with local housing providers to utilise and optimise their access to residents to increase healthy eating and physical activity. 4. Encouragement of walking and running clubs 5. Work with employers across the Borough to promote healthy workplaces Communication and access Pathway 1. Develop coherent pathway based on BMI, co-morbidities and other relevant elements – avoid duplication and encourage access changes that could be made to the work environment to increase physical activity. 2. Provide access to a seamless pathway across all tiers of service 3. Ensure that findings of recent Tier 2 review are embedded in care pathway 4. Work with CCG on tier 3 pathway 1. Create single point of access for public and professionals 2. Promote and enable web based access to pathway 3. Work with frontline staff to ensure awareness of services and referral criteria using a range of communication channels e.g. newsletters and provider meetings 4. Identify and work with local religious and community groups to ensure they have access to appropriate healthy weight information and have awareness to services available Page 212 5. Work with NHS England and CCG regarding commissioning Tier 4 service for children. 5. Work with Communications departments of all partner organisations to make full and regular use of communication channels to promote Tier 1 interventions, evidence-based ‘apps’ and healthy weight messages, including partner organisations 6. Work with partners working with Looked After Children, Carers and Troubled Families teams to ensure that clients have access to healthy weight support and services. 6. Use social network (twitter, Facebook, etc .and technology (Bluetooth) to promote and encourage behaviour change. 7. Ensure that ‘easy to miss’ groups can access services Commissioning and Contracting Data and Evaluation 1. Work with providers to ensure current services adhere to NICE guidelines and with commissioners to ensure that future services are adherent 1. Improve monitoring and performance management of commissioned services ensuring that there is a consistent approach to monitoring and evaluation using tools developed by PHE. 2. Commission for better value for money and greater cost-effectiveness 2. Devise a performance dashboard for physical activity, healthy eating, overweight and obesity to be regularly discussed at Health and Wellbeing Board. 3. Contract with providers to ensure equality of access, e.g. support people with severe mental health issues and those with learning disabilities accessing weight management support 4. Work with community groups to build community capacity to engage difficult to reach groups 3. Use standard health related quality of life questionnaires to evaluate outcomes 6 Agenda Item 9 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date Cabinet 21 April 2015 Report Title Award of contract for the Provision of Integrated Adult Drug and Alcohol Misuse Services Cabinet Portfolio Councillor Ahsan Khan, Portfolio Lead Member for Health & Wellbeing Report Author/ Contact details Pratima Solanki, Lead Commissioner, People Graham Terry, Interim Head, Service Design Hub, Tel: 0208 496 5537 Email: [email protected] Wards affected All Public Access Open except for Appendix 1 and Appendix 2 which are exempt (in accordance with Section 100(A-H) of the Local Government Act 1972 and Schedule 12A as amended), on the grounds that it involves the likely disclosure of exempt information as defined in Part 1, paragraph 3, as it contains information relating to the financial or business affairs of any particular person (including the authority holding the information) and disclosure would not be in the public interest. Appendices Appendix 1: Substance Misuse Contracts award selected bidders Appendix 2: Substance Misuse Evaluation Matrix Appendix 3: Equality Assessment 1. SUMMARY 1.1 The purpose of this report is to seek approval for the award of a contract for the provision of Integrated Adult Drug and Alcohol Misuse Service. This contract award will ensure the commissioning of a high quality service which will provide a complete recovery and harm reduction focussed integrated pathway of service to vulnerable people. 1.2 This tender exercise has been conducted through the Council’s electronic tendering system and follows the full rigour of the Public Contracts Regulations 2006 (as amended). 1.3 The contract value in year 1 is £2.586m, reducing in years 2 and 3 to £2.414m. The contract would be in place for 3 years with the option to extend for a further 2 years and will achieve efficiencies of £408k in 2015/16, a part year efficiency due to the 1st August 2015 start date. In 2016/17 the full year efficiency rises to £786k. 1 Page 213 1.4 The Council is responsible for commissioning health and social care services for residents with substance misuse needs as part of its Public Health responsibilities from 1st of April 2013. These services specialise in delivering drug and alcohol treatment and recovery, crime reduction interventions for drug and alcohol offenders, and targeted services for young people affected by substance misuse. Substance misuse services are linked to Public Health Outcome Framework. They are listed below: a) Successful completion of drug treatment b) People entering prison with substance dependence issues who were previously not known to community treatment c) Alcohol-related admissions to hospital 1.5 In Waltham Forest there are around 1600 opiate and crack users and 9,000 dependent drinkers. Given the prevalence, associate health risks and drug related crime issues, it is in the interest of local strategic partners to ensure the treatment system commissioned by the Local Authority is effective and value for money. The new service provider will be expected to develop services which are flexible and prepared for any new emerging trends; ensuring services can meet the needs of all those who misuse substances and provide services for all injecting drug users. The use of service user involvement, volunteers, peer mentors and recovery champions within the structure of this service is a requirement, one which is supported by the new operator. 1.6 Treatment and recovery services cost the council £3.2m a year. Analysis shows that for every £1 spent on drug treatment in the last 8 years, a £3.19 saving has been made. This shows Waltham Forest drug treatment represents a beneficial and positive investment in the local community both in terms of reducing crime costs and improving the health of the population. 1.7 The Government’s Alcohol Strategy (2012) recognised the significant impact that alcohol misuse has on hospital admissions, A&E attendance and violent crime levels. It is one of the key priorities for this new service pathway to address the number of older people with alcohol related admissions to hospital. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 For the reasons set out in the report, Cabinet is recommended to; approve the award of the contract for Integrated Adult Drug and Alcohol Misuse Services to Lifeline Project for an initial period of 3 years with the option of a 2 year extensionwith a contract value in the first year of £2,586,761 reducing to £2,413,551 per annum for years two and three. 3. PROPOSALS 3.1 Cabinet approval is sought to award the contract for the Substance Misuse service as part of the programme of re-commissioning of public health services. The tendering process has been carried out in accordance with the Business Case approved by the Strategic Procurement Board by means of an Open Procedure. 2 Page 214 3.2 Permission to tender the Substance Misuse services was given by Cabinet in May 2013. The MTFS included an efficiency target for this recommissioning of £400k for 2015-16. 3.3 The current service model was widely recognised by stakeholders as being unable to deliver the key improvements that are required to deliver better outcomes and value for money. A Review in 2013 identified how service users experienced the current treatment system as fragmented and difficult to navigate. They experienced multiple assessment and duplications in administrative processes and insufficient communication and sharing of information between services. 3.4 The substance misuse services were chosen to be a pilot for the new Service Design Hub approach. 3.5 The Service Design Hub led on the remodelling, re-commissioning and reprocurement of the local substance misuse treatment system using the key principles of the Commissioning Framework (http://democracy.walthamforest.gov.uk/documents/s44139/Jan%202015%20Co mmissioning%20Framework%20Cabinet%20Report%20FINAL.pdf ) and newly developed Commissioning Checklist to deliver the outcomes and efficiencies covered in this report. Public Health led the needs assessment that informed the remodelling, providing epidemiological data and evidence of effectiveness and cost effectiveness. 3.6 The commissioning of these services had previously been conducted by various parts of the council including public health, adult social care and community safety. Bringing the re-commissioning of this service under a single commissioner in the Service Design Hub has enabled the development of a complete and integrated pathway using a single contract and deliver a 21% cost reduction. There are efficiencies gained from the monitoring of a single contract in comparison with the current twelve separate contracts for this service. 3.7 Wider insight data and knowledge was developed in addition to using the review of the service of 2013 and evidence of best practices elsewhere to identify the key issues and improved outcomes that the new commissioned service would need to address. New service models and options were then evaluated and financially modelled, tested and developed with service users, existing providers and the wider market to arrive at a design for the new service model. 3.8 The engagement of service users throughout, from the service reviews, surveys, face to face meetings to discuss the model of service and their involvement in the evaluation of the bids has developed a good working relationship. From this, we have recently submitted a successful joint bid with the service user forum for capital monies for the forum to develop recovery cafes in the borough. 3.9 The new service model will be an integrated, both drug and alcohol treatment and recovery service. To support the model, project board members determined that we needed to use a single contract to enable us hold one service provider to account for the whole service pathway. In the market engagement events, experienced providers expressed enthusiasm about our service model and the 3 Page 215 approach to procurement. A key message to bidders was to bring innovation and creativity to deliver an integrated service pathway. The treatment system will; Ensure entry into the system is straightforward, with a single case record requiring people to only tell their story once Integrating services, creating a joined up approach and consistent packages of care Purposeful treatment interventions which are properly assessed, planned, managed, measured, reviewed and adapted to peoples individual needs Mainstreaming the delivery of programs which reduce and prevent offending and re-offending Creating a specialist clinical service which can adapt to emerging trends in substance misuse Creating a recovery based service with satellites out into the wider community Increasing the levels of co-production with service users, friends, family and significant others Having direct links with employment, training and educational opportunities, housing, information and advice services. Improving services for young adults and older people 3.10 The re-commissioning of these services and this contract award will reduce the current number of providers of drug and alcohol treatment services in the borough from 12 to a single accountable operator. It will ensure that we have a combined specialist criminal justice and drug and alcohol treatment system which will function as an integrated system with a ‘no wrong door’ approach to access. The approach of the new system will be to ensure a broad range of services are offered providing choice, geographical access and provision which is culturally sensitive in meeting the needs of our diverse community. 3.11 The service is a Part B Service for the purposes of the relevant EU Procurement Directive and the Public Contract Regulations 2006.Although a part B service, the tender was let using the full rigours of the Public Contracts Regulations, where an OJEU Contract Notice was placed an open procedure followed. Seven (7) submissions were received. 3.12 The evaluation criteria used for this contract is shown in Appendix 1. The recommended bidder, Lifeline Project, scored highest under the criteria based on 40% financial and 60% quality. Evaluation was undertaken by a panel of council officers as well as service users of existing services, and written submissions were evaluated and clarification meetings held with each of the bidders. 3.13 In addition to the benefits identified in paragraph 3.9 this re-commissioning will: achieve a significant efficiency saving in excess of the target saving 4 Page 216 deliver a new integrated substance misuse service pathway that addresses the issues identified by customers and stakeholders in the service review ensure high quality services based on open market commissioning and testing through the Council’s Procontract system provide continuity of services for vulnerable service users in the transition from the old to new service provider and user involvement in the recommissioning process 3.14 The new provider will work closely with commissioners and previous providers to implement their detailed transition plan evaluated in the tender to enable a smooth transition from old to new models of service. Disruption to clients and the delivery of services will be kept to an absolute minimum and regular communication which reassures and explain the changes will be prioritised in the transition process. There will be service user involvement throughout the transition process. 4. OPTIONS & ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 4.1 A Strategic Project Board which had representatives from the Service Design Hub, Public Health, Strategic Commissioning, Procurement, Finance, Waltham Forest CCG, undertook the development of options and financial modelling. 4.2 The award of contracts for the Substance Misuse service is required to maintain continuity of support, enable the start of the new service on the 1st August 2015 and deliver the financial saving arising from the award of this contract. 4.3 The services in the proposed tender are key public health and preventative services. Not recommissioning these services would lead to the Council continuing to pay increased costs for a substance misuse service that is fragmented and not delivering sufficient recovery and harm reduction focussed outcomes. 5. SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) 5.1 The Substance Misuse service has a clear link to the Council’s priority for supporting vulnerable people; providing reliable front line services and making every penny count in tough times and to the Sustainable Communities Strategy’s commitment “to support and empower our most vulnerable residents to live independent, active and enjoyable lives”. 5.2 The Substance Misuse service contributes to the Council’s Prevention Strategy, given the prevalence, associate health risks and drug related crime issues, it is in the interest of local strategic partners to ensure the treatment system commissioned is effective and value for money. The new model is expected to reduce demand for higher cost services such as residential detox and reduce alcohol related admissions to hospital. 5 Page 217 5.3 The service operator will be expected to work in partnership with environmental health, trading standards and licencing in support of the joint initiative on tackling fast food, alcohol and tobacco to improve the health outcomes of residents of Waltham Forest. 6. CONSULTATION 6.1 The report has been prepared in consultation with relevant stakeholders including the Strategic Procurement Board. Consultation has been conducted with the current service providers and service users to promote engagement in the commissioning process and throughout the service review conducted in 2013. Service users participated in the tender process raising questions and interviewing bidders in a focus group to contribute to the quality score. 7. IMPLICATIONS 7.1 Finance, Value for Money and Risk 7.1.1 The Substance Misuse contract award recommendation of this report has a value in year 1 of £2.586m and in years 2 and 3 reducing to £2.414m.This is a three year fixed price contract. 7.1.2 Against the current spend of £3.2m; this tender achieves a part year efficiency in 2015-16 of £408k. A full year efficiency of £600k plus an additional £186k reduction in contract price in years 2 and 3 delivers an overall efficiency of £786k when compared to our current spend of £3.2m. The contract will be subject to available funding through the annual Public Health Grant allocation. 7.2 Legal 7.2.1 The Council has the power to provide these services under the changes to the National Health Service Act 2006 introduced by the Health and Social Care Act 2012. The way in which these powers are to be exercised is set out in the Local Authorities (Public Health Functions and Entry to premises by Local Healthwatch Representatives) Regulations 2013. 7.2.2 The services are Part B service for the purposes of the Public Contracts Regulations 2006(as amended) and so the full requirements under the regulations such as the need to advertise the tender in OJEU do not apply. 7.2.3 The procurement has been carried out in accordance with the Council’s Contract Procedure Rules (CPR) set out in Part 8 of the Constitution. 7.3 Equalities and Diversity 7.3.1 An Equality Analysis has been conducted on the Substance Misuse service and has been updated in respect of this particular proposal. The analysis identified some potential for negative or adverse impacts during transition on those with protected equality characteristics. These will be minimised through the detailed transition plan and requirements in paragraph 3.14.There are many positive impacts the new integrated service pathway will provide for vulnerable people with alcohol and substance misuse users and criminal justice system clients. The approach of the new system will be to ensure a broad range of services are 6 Page 218 offered providing choice, geographical access and provision which is culturally sensitive in meeting the needs of our diverse community. The full EA is attached as Appendix 3. 7.4 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 7.4.1 From the sustainability assessment, the main sustainability implications for service tendering specifications involve the energy efficiency of the buildings used by the service and how staff and users travel to deliver and access the services. The organisations that are being awarded these contracts have considered this within the procurement as part of their tender submissions for service delivery including staff/ user travel plans through public transport. 7.5 Council Infrastructure 7.5.1 There are no implications for the Council Infrastructure. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) None 7 Page 219 By virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972. Document is Restricted Page 221 By virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972. Document is Restricted Page 223 What is an Equality Analysis (EA) for? Double click here for more information / Hide Decision Remodelled substance misuse services funded through Public Health The Council must have due regard to its Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) when making decisions at member and officer level. An EA is the best method by which the Council can provide the evidential analysis to comply with the equality duty, particularly for major decisions. However, the level of analysis required should only be proportionate to the relevance of the duty to the service or decision. Some decisions will require detailed equalities consideration, e.g. a decision on adult What is the Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED)? March 2015 social care provision or reduction of grants to voluntary organisations, whereas the performance of other functions will have less of an equalities impact, e.g. the appointment of committees where only a limited assessment is required. In rare cases, the Courts have said there may be no impact. If you think this may be the case, then you should undertake the EA screening process first to determine if you need to complete this full EA and have a rational basis for this conclusion. Double click here for more information / Hide Page 225 The public sector equality duty (s.149, Equality Act 2010) requires the Council, when exercising its functions, to have “due regard” to the need to: 5. eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment and victimisation and other conduct prohibited under the Act, 6. advance equality of opportunity between those who share a “protected characteristic” and those who do not share that protected characteristic and 7. foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it (this involves having due regard, in particular, to the need to (a) tackle prejudice, and (b) promote understanding). These are collectively referred to in this EA as the equality aims. Advancing equality (the second equality aim) involves having due regard, in particular, to the Fostering good relations Date need to: • Removing or minimising disadvantages suffered by people due to their protected characteristic • Taking steps to meet the needs of people from protected groups where these are different from the needs of other people including steps to take account of disabled people’s disabilities and • Encouraging people from protected groups to participate in public life or in other activities where their participation in disproportionately low NB Please note that, for disabled persons, the Council must have regard to the possible need for steps that amount to positive discrimination, to “level the playing field” with non-disabled persons, e.g. in accessing services through dedicated car parking spaces. Double click here for more information / Hide IMPORTANT NOTES: 1. THIS FRONT SHEET IS AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THE EA – COMPLETE THE TEMPLATE AND SUBMIT IT AS A SINGLE DOCUMENT. 2. IN RARE CASES, WHEN COMPLETING THE ASSESSMENT IT MAY BECOME APPARENT THAT THE RECOMMENDATIONS WOULD LEAD TO UNLAWFUL DISCRIMINATION E.G. A PROPOSAL TO PAY MEN MORE THAN WOMEN. IF SO, STOP, RECONSIDER YOUR PROPOSAL AND SEEK ADVICE. THE HEAD OF SERVICE OR DIRECTOR WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEMBER LEVEL REPORTS MUST BE SATISFIED WITH THE FINALISED EQUALITY ANALYSIS AND FOR MAJOR PROPOSALS, IT IS SENSIBLE TO ENSURE YOUR LEAD MEMBER HAS BEEN CONSULTED. Fostering good relations involves having due regard, in particular, to the need to tackle prejudice and promote understanding. Protected Characteristics Double click here for more information / Hide Guidance on compliance with the PSED for officers and decision makers Double click here for more information / Hide Page 226 What to do if your proposal is scheduled for Cabinet/Committee? Double click here for more information / Hide The EA should be appended to the Cabinet or Committee report and the key findings from it should be set out in the “Equalities Implications” section of the report. This will ensure that the decision-makers are made fully aware of any equality impacts and/or any mitigation action proposed prior to making a decision. NOTE: Failure to complete an EA and implications section adequately or at all is likely to result in the deferral of consideration of the report as it places in doubt the legality and effectiveness of the overall decision. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 2 of 20 The Proposals Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 227 1. What is the Proposal? The proposal is to award the remodelled substance misuse contract funded through Public Health to provide an integrated system with a focus on recovery. Public Health contracts were novated to the Council in April 2013 and contracts expire April 2015. There has been strategic review of key areas of public health provision including substance misuse services which identifies the needs, gaps, forecasted needs, public health outcomes and strategic direction set by the new Drug strategy to commission ‘recovery focussed ‘services. These objectives and outcomes are linked to the overall council objectives of keeping the community safe and healthy These services specialise in delivering drug and alcohol treatment and recovery, crime reduction interventions for drug and alcohol offenders, and targeted services for young people affected by substance misuse. Substance misuse services are linked to Public Health Outcome Framework which includes:• Successful completion of drug treatment • People entering prison with substance dependence issues who were previously not known to community treatment •Alcohol-related admissions to hospital The successful completion outcome is linked to the future allocation of Public health grant so it is very important that Local Authority’s performance in this area improves year on year to ensure continuation of grant .All Substance misuse contracts are ending on 31st March 2015 and a Cabinet Report was agreed in May 2013 to extend the current contracts until March 2015 and to carry out a procurement exercise for the new services to be in place from April 2015; this was then extended for the contract to be awarded in August 2015. The remodelling proposals have been developed through the work of a Strategic Design Project Board. The new service pathway will be more inclusive, providing better access to substance misuse services via satellite sites, targeted work to engage priority groups (eg. BAME, and emerging populations, sex workers, DV,LGBT, offenders, gang members, etc). The single service pathway will utilise a single case record and no wrong door access and the contract includes targets to increase the numbers of people who are able to enter treatment appropriately. 2. What are the recommendations? Commission an integrated Substance Misuse Recovery Service which will have the main components of early intervention, engagement, treatment and ongoing mutual aid support. The recovery service will include the outreach, open access, day programme, prescribing, criminal justice services including DIP would be brought together in a single service. Within this integrated service the specialist functions including dual diagnosis, needle exchange coordination, shared care, aftercare and recovery support, service user involvement, will be included in the specification. In order to address the gap in specialist alcohol services in Waltham Forest the integrated model can include the A&E liaison services and it can be based on good practice models of ‘community matrons’ (Newham) or Portsmouth frequent flyers projects. This model will be supported by Bart’s Health and CCG as it would be cost effective for Bart’s Health in terms of reducing admissions and making admissions shorter; and for CCG’s who stand to gain from a reduction on frequent hospital attendances. The integrated model can be configured to balance the services between primary and secondary care in order for users to access services from their local GP’s and arrangements can be in place to encourage more GP’s for specialised prescribing. The service shall have a GP with special interest (GPwSI) post, Consultant or Clinical Director post, who will liaise with GPs to provide advice, information and assistance in the management of service users on prescribed medication (e.g. Benzodiazepines), as well as providing support to shared care, in line with clinical governance guidelines. The development of ‘networks’ in Waltham Forest will further compliment this model. Waltham Forest Clinical Commissioning Group is working with local GP’s to develop GP consortia as Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 3 of 20 part of primary care transformation programme. The network model will enable GP’s to carry out additional tasks in primary care at local level and have formal contractual agreement in addition to their main GP contract with NHS England. 3. Who is affected by the Proposal? Identify the main groups most likely to be affected by the recommendations, directly and indirectly. Waltham Forest residents with substance misuse problems including problems with drugs and alcohol. It is estimated that one-fifth of the population in Waltham Forest are drinking above the recommended limit. This is not significantly different from drinking behaviour in London and Croydon (statistical neighbour). Page 228 The issue of importance in Waltham Forest is the increasing number of presentations at A&E for alcohol related illness. The impact of the A&E liaison nurse on this needs to be evaluated immediately to assess if the role is reducing demand, or if more needs to be done to enhance this role. Prevalence estimates of drug use in Waltham Forest National evidence suggests that 3.0% of the population aged 16 to 59 years had used a class A drug in 2009/10 8.8% of the population aged 16 to 59 years had used of any illicit drug in 2009/10 6.8% of the population aged 16 to 59 years had used cannabis in 2009/10 Estimated prevalence of drug use in Waltham Forest Waltham Forest Population (16- Number of 59) population using class A drug 167,782 5,033 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Number of the population using any drug 14,765 Number of the population using cannabis 11,409 Page 4 of 20 National drug trends are changing in relation to the types of drugs individuals use &/or misuse, the route in which people consume substances and the groups of individuals who misuse substances. Page 229 Alcohol Nationally and locally there has been an increase of alcohol misuse, this is something which is reflected within the borough. In response to this, PHE is changing the way performance is monitored and have developed systems which measure both drugs and alcohol treatment. Locally we are moving toward commissioning an integrated service which meets the needs of those who misuse alcohol as well as illicit drugs. Older People Another national trend is the increase of older people who misuse substances. It has been identifies; There is an aging heroin population There is an increasing number of older people misusing alcohol Increase in older people misusing Over the Counter Treatments (OCT’s) As a local area we need to ensure the new contract captures the needs of older people, which are very different from those who currently access treatment services. Men that have sex with men & Chem Sex Nationally there has been an increase of drug use with men who have sex with men. It has been identified that some men buy sex which will involve the use of certain substances , usually this is stimulant type drugs which includes methamphetamine and ‘club drugs’ New (or Novel) Psychoactive Substances (NSP’s) NSP’s is the new terminology for legal highs, which are readily available and nationally appear to be the drug of choice for young people. With new classification laws in place, as soon as a drug/molecule is classified, another is developed Club Drugs After a fall in Ecstasy use, it is now again on the increase, in the form of ecstasy tablets and MDMA powder Ketamine Ketamine use is nationally increasing with long term health effects associated with serious bladder problems. Some of these risks can be prevented by the use of harm Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 5 of 20 reduction packs and information. Age Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: The 2011 census shows that Waltham Forest has a population of 258,249. Broken down by broad age group, some 26.1% of the population (67,303) were aged 0-19, 35.8% (92,392) 20-39, 28.2% (72,988) 40-64 and 10% (25,566) were aged 65+. Compared to London and England and Wales Waltham Forest has a younger age profile with 8.1% of its population aged 0-4 and 26.1% 0-19 compared to 7.2% and 24.5% across London and 6.2% and 24% across England and Wales respectively. Those aged 20-39 (35.8%) constitute the same percentage of the population in Waltham Forest as across London as a whole (also 35.8%) compared to only 26.9% across England and Wales. Smaller proportions of the borough population are found in the 40-64 and 65+ age groups which constitute 28.2% and 10% compared to 32.7% and 16.4% across England and Wales. (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics). Children in Care: As at December 2012, we had 289 children in our care. 56% were male and 44% female. Most are in the 12-16 (35%) Check box ifage NOTbracket applicable followed by 6-11 age group (24%). Ethnic breakdown - White: 42%; Black or Black British: 28%; Mixed race: 19%; Asian or Asian British: 6%; Other: 4%. NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Ward based data is available here: http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/Pages/Services/statistics-economic-informationand-analysis.aspx?l1=100004&l2=200088 Page 230 Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Age Click a over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here Age: Older people – Mobility issues; stigma in acknowledging substance misuse by older people; lack of understanding within services of substance misuse amongst older people; lack of specific provision for older people. Young people – Stigma in accessing services by young people; lack of young people-specific provision; insufficient drugs and alcohol education/ prevention for young people; limited transition support; limited service user involvement; poor partnership and cross-agency working; lack of youthtargeted promotion; insufficient parental/ carer involvement; specific barriers for young people’s equalities groups including stigma amongst race/ faith groups; and poor provision for complex tier 4 needs. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 6 of 20 Age Click a over the questions to find more details on what is required During the period of 2012/12 and 2013/14 the overall age group of service users entering the treatment system were as follows, see below Age n Age Group 18 19 Page 231 20 – 24 25 – 29 30 – 34 35 – 39 40 – 44 45 – 49 50 – 54 55 – 59 60 – 64 65 2012/13 % 20 * 62 132 168 150 134 87 47 18 4 0 n 2% 0% 8% 16% 20% 18% 16% 11% 6% 2% 0% 0% 2013/14 % 19 6 61 119 169 144 131 91 55 20 6 0 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE 2% 1% 7% 14% 21% 18% 16% 11% 7% 2% 1% 0% Page 7 of 20 Age Click a over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 232 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 8 of 20 Age Click a over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 233 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here Older people have problems accessing community-based services due to mobility issues: Shame and stigma is a barrier for older people in accessing services. In addition, older people rarely see their substance use as a problem, seeing it instead as recreational, because is alleviates loneliness and isolation. Young people often experience difficulty in acknowledging and/or Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Substance misuse will be designed and commissioned to work with older users, for example, older people’s support groups, in safe environments with minimal or no risk issues. The specification will include older peoples needs and the planning and design phase is developing “one stop shop” provision for young people for substance misuse and sexual health services Routes identified for older people accessing substance misuse services Page 9 of 20 Age Click a over the questions to find more details on what is required admitting their substance misuse especially if they are not offending. Young people don’t often recognise/ admit when their use has become problematic. In terms of transition support there needs to be more support for those moving from young people’s services to adult’s services. are supported or sheltered housing, hospital or social services. Older people who don’t have access to social services may be hidden. Page 234 Disability Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: Look for update from latest APS / also see Borough profile update Recent data from the 2011/2012 Annual Population survey suggests there are 31,000 disabled people of working age (16-64) living in Waltham Forest of which around 16,000 are female and 15,000 male. This represents around 1 in 5 (20%) of the working age population, a higher rate than found across London (16.9%) though lower than that found in England (20.5%). 2012 data finds that across the borough some 10,350 residents claim disability living allowance with rates tending to be higher in the southern and middle wards of the borough though this data should only There may be stigma attached to accessing substance misuses services for young people, when they are sold specifically as drug or alcohol services, “Young people don’t want to feel they’re being judged or labelled. The development of one stop shop provision for young people will mitigate this A need for choice in terms of what services are provided and how they’re delivered. For example, some young people want a youth centre/ onestop shop environment where they can access several services under one roof – a youth club, but also a drug and alcohol service, others want a service that’s more private, while others want more satellite services, e.g. in schools, colleges, youth clubs etc. Some want to travel far from their home to ensure confidentiality, while others want a service nearby to reduce travel costs.The intention is to commission specialist provision for young people There will be a strong focus on drugs education and early intervention amongst young people, with resources channelled towards tier 2 services, and tier 3 services. A full transition and implementation plan has been produced to ensure the safe transition for all from the old to the new service pathway and its improved access and availability. Check box if NOT applicable be treated as a rough indicator of the prevalence of disability. As at January 2012, some 1,299 children and young people had a statement of Special Educational Needs in Waltham Forest. (Source: 2011 Census, 2011/12 Annual Population survey, Office for National Statistics, Department for Work and Pensions, Department for Education) Notes: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 10 of 20 Disability Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here Mental health – well recognised that some MH clients self-medicate with drugs &/or alcohol & supporting these clients is part of core business & dual diagnosis/co-morbidity is common Page 235 Pregnancy and Maternity Will ensure partnership continue with Whipps Cross RAID scheme The tender included a requirement on the provider to meet all equalities legislation and demonstrate a track record in doing so in meeting the diverse needs of all the population of Waltham Forest. The tender evaluation process included a service user panel and the providers are required to continue to support the service user forum and; advance equality of opportunity between those who share a “protected characteristic” and those who do not share that protected characteristic and foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it (this involves having due regard, in particular, to the need to (a) tackle prejudice, and (b) promote understanding). Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: According to the 2011 census, 8.1% (20,839) of the Waltham Forest population is aged 0-4 compared to 7.2% across London and 6.2% across England and Wales. For those aged 0-1 these percentages are respectively 3.3% (Waltham Forest), 3% (London) and 2.5% (England & Wales). The Total Fertility rate for Waltham Forest in 2011 is 2.69 (3rd highest across London) compared to a London and England figure of 1.99. The teenage pregnancy rate in Waltham Forest (2010) is 45.7 per 1,000 of the female population aged 15-17 Check box if NOT applicable compared with 37.1 across London and 35.5 across England and Wales. Source: 2011 Census, Conception statistics and Birth Summary Tables, Office for National Statistics. NB: The total fertility rate measures the projected number of births born to a woman over her lifetime 2.These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Pregnancy and Maternity Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 11 of 20 Pregnancy and Maternity Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Type response here What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact Pregnant women – An estimated 1% of pregnant women are problematic drug users & 1% are problematic drinkers An estimated 2-3% of children in England & Wales live with a family member who is a problematic drug user or a problematic drinker Race What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? The provider will work closely with pregnant or neo-natal women and substance misusing parents Provider is required to operate flexible opening hours to capture this group with pathways into mainstream services Double click here to add impact / Hide Page 236 Key Borough Statistics: According to 2011 census data Waltham Forest’s White British population is 92,999, 36% of the total borough population. All other ethnic groups constitute 64% of the population (165,250). Broken down by specified ethnicity: White Other (37,472/14.5%), Pakistani (26,347/10.2%), Black Caribbean (18,841/7.3%), Black African (18,815/7.3%), Indian (9,134/3.5%), Other Black (7,135/2.8%), Any other ethnic group (6,728/2.6%), Bangladeshi (4,632/1.8%) and Chinese (2,579/1%). Note: The more detailed ethnicity breakdown goes into more detail and data for more recent arrivals includes: Polish (6,944/2.7%), Other Eastern Check box if NOT applicable Europe (6,020/2.3%) and Baltic states (3,011/1.2%). Data on arrivals from other countries over the last 8 years show that Poland, Pakistan and Lithuania have supplied the greatest number of migrants. (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics, Department for Work and Pensions) NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here . Commissioned providers will be encouraged to have a diverse workforce. There are often stigma’s in accessing services amongst particular racial groups. There can be a lack of clarity and access to translation services. There can be a lack of clarity around access entitlement for migrant communities and a lack of BME-specific provision. During the period of 2012/13 and 2013/14, the ethnicity of service users entering treatment were as follows, (see below) Recorded ethnicity Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE 2012/13 2013/14 Page 12 of 20 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required % n n % 47% 385 14 2% 8 135 16% 157 47% 1% 19% 24 3% 15 2% White & Black African 5 1% 3 0% White & Asian Other Mixed Indian Pakistani Bangladeshi Other Asian Caribbean African Other Black Chinese Other Not Stated Missing ethnicity code 4 14 6 49 9 39 40 28 41 1 25 1 0 0% 2% 1% 6% 1% 5% 5% 3% 5% 0% 3% 0% 0% 6 18 6 43 8 37 50 23 41 2 14 3 2 1% 2% 1% 5% 1% 5% 6% 3% 5% 0% 2% 0% 0% White British White Irish Other White White & Black Caribbean Page 237 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE 390 Page 13 of 20 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 238 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 14 of 20 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 239 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here White service users continue to be over-represented and black service users continue to be under-represented in the treatment system. The following group are over represented within the community prescribing service and present with different needs & expectations of service provision (further work is being carried out to establish the extent of gaps in services for The Eastern European community. A lack of clarity within services about the impact of immigration status on entitlement to services has been identified as a potential barrier for Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE The level of services available is expected to increase as the single pathway begins to rely less on high cost treatment due its focus on recovery and harm reduction. Service users will be signposted to translation services In the procurement process, prospective bidders have been evaluated on their ability to support the diverse community There must be easily-accessible and affordable translation services. The Refugee Council provide free, one-to-one interpretation in a wide range of languages. Service users will be signposted to appropriate provision Page 15 of 20 Race Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required migrants. Lack of BAME specific services in the borough is a barrier for certain groups, for example, young black men and women. Services are reflective of the services their referrals come from Religion or Belief Page 240 Sex However, BAME provision should be embedded within all services, negating the need for specialist BAME services. The ability of prospective bidders to meet BAME needs has been evaluated in the procurement process The new service is expected to meet the changing needs and demography of the local population (including E European clients etc) Double click here to add impact / Hide Check box if NOT applicable Double click here to add impact / Hide Key borough statistics: The 2011 census put the gender split of Waltham Forest as Male: 128,970 (49.94%) and Female 129,279 (50.06%). (Source: 2011 Census, Office for National Statistics). Check box if NOT applicable NB: These statistics provide general data for this protected characteristic. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Sex Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here In relation to gender there stigma’s in accessing services for women, because the lack of gender-specific provision; poor childcare provision and fear of social service intervention; lack of female-targeted promotion; and underdeveloped referral pathways targeting women. During the period of 2012/13 and 2013/14, the genders of service users entering treatment were as follows, (see below) N Males Females 2012/13 % 630 76% 195 24% n 2013/14 % 646 79% 175 21% Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 16 of 20 Sex Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Page 241 What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? Type response here Type response here Different drugs and patterns of use are linked with men and woman and these differences need to be reflected in service provision. Substance misuse amongst women tends to occur more in the home environment whilst men are more commonly associated with social environments. Women’s drug/alcohol use is more hidden and women are more reluctant to present for help with drug/alcohol problems Some services fail to meet the specific needs of women. We must acknowledge that women want different things from services, for example, access to childcare facilities, women-only groups, social activities, counselling and family involvement. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE There should be a balance of male and female staff Clearer communication will be provided to service user’s rights in relation to the gender of key workers Suitable childcare facilities for women will be provided to increase access into treatment. Integrated service will be modelled to ensure flexibility with regards to appointment times to enable parents to fit treatment around childcare arrangements. Services will be advertised in places women go to, or in ways that will Page 17 of 20 Sex Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required The involvement of social services in the process acts as a significant barrier for many parents. Social workers have to be honest with service users about their duty of care to children, and if they think a child is at risk, then it must be known they have to act on it. However It must be noted this acts as a barrier for some parents. Fear that children will be taken into care by social services if women disclose that they have children, and/or try to access childcare. Sexual Orientation and Gender Reassignment attract women. For example, many women seek help through their GP, It is important to improve referral pathways for women through GP services. Double click here to add impact / Hide Page 242 Key borough statistics: National estimates of LGBT population range from 0.3% to 10% using different measures. A study commissioned by Waltham Forest Council suggested the population to be somewhere between 7,000 to 10,000 people in 2007 (this is 4-6% of the adult population). The study also suggested that there may be at least 35 transgender individuals in the borough (Source: Measuring Sexual Identity – Check box if NOT applicable Office for National Statistics, Waltham Forest LGBT Matters). NB: These statistics provide general data for these protected characteristics. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Sexual Orientation and Gender Reassignment Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Include data analysis of the impact of the proposals Type response here What is the proposal’s impact on the equalities aims? Look for direct impact but also evidence of disproportionate impact i.e. where a decision affects a protected group more than the general population, including indirect impact What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact or to better advance equality and foster good relations? The ability of prospective bidders to meet the needs of LGBT people can be evaluated in the tender process. Type response here Type response here Marriage and Civil Partnership Double click here to add impact / Hide Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Check box if NOT applicable Page 18 of 20 Additional Impacts on Advancing Equality & Fostering Good Relations See pages 1 and 2 for full details of these two aims. This section seeks to identify what additional steps can be taken to promote these aims or to mitigate any adverse impact. Analysis should be based on the data you have collected above for the 8 protected characteristics covered by these aims. Remember, marriage and civil partnership is not covered. Key borough data: From our 2011 Cohesion Survey, a third of our respondents believe that differences are ‘definitely respected’. A further 46% believe this is the case most of the time, and just 6% feels this is not the case. By age group, a higher Double click here to add impact / Hide Check box if NOT applicable proportion of older residents feel differences are respected ‘definitely/most of the time’ (86% aged 66+ years). Residents with a disability are less likely to feel differences are respected (74%) than those without a disability (80%). The survey also shows that participation in community activity is 75% for Asian residents and residents in North Chingford (72%). Participation is lowest amongst South Chingford residents (63%). NB: These statistics provide general data for these protected characteristics. You need to ensure you have sufficient data about those affected by the proposals – see below under “additional equalities data”. Double click here to show borough wide statistics / hide statistics Additional Impacts on Advancing Equality & Fostering Good Relations Click and hover over the questions to find more details on what is required Additional Equalities Data (Service level or Corporate) Type response here What actions can be taken to avoid or mitigate any negative impact on advancing equality or fostering good relations not considered above? Provide details of how effective the mitigation will be and how it will be monitored. The whole ethos of the service and the procurement of it have been to enhance the advancement of equality and the fostering of good relations. The delivery of the targets and expectations in the contract and service specification will be monitored quarterly including any actions if required to improve performance. Page 243 Are there any additional benefits or risks of the proposals on advancing equality and fostering good relations not considered above? Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Page 19 of 20 Conclusion Consider the Guidance below and set out your conclusions from the equalities analysis of the 8 protected characteristics. If there are negative equalities impacts, but you think that the proposals should still proceed in the current or amended form, explain what the objective justification for this is, providing evidence as appropriate. If it is helpful, refer to other documents e.g. the Cabinet report. You may find it helpful to identify one of the 4 outcomes below as being closest to your current proposals. (Use your conclusions as a basis for the “Equalities Implications” in the Cabinet report.) This analysis has concluded that… Substance misuse services benefit a range of needs in Waltham Forest including young peoples’ services. There is a need to ensure services meet the needs of women and older people who are under-represented in services and these issues have been addressed through the re-commissioning. BME provision also needs to be embedded into services and this again has been a requirement in the procurement of the new service and the pathway it will operate. Page 244 Outcome of Analysis Check one that applies Outcome 1 Outcome 2 No major change required when the assessment has not identified any potential for Adjustments to remove barriers identified by the assessment or to better advance discrimination or adverse impact and all opportunities to advance equality have equality. Are you satisfied that the proposed adjustments will remove the barriers been taken. identified? Outcome 3 Outcome 4 Continue despite having identified some potential for adverse impacts or missed opportunities to advance equality. In this case, the justification should be included in the assessment and should be in line with the duty to have ‘due regard’. For the most important relevant policies, compelling reasons will be needed. You should consider whether there are sufficient plans to reduce the negative impact and/or plans to monitor the actual impact. Signed off by Head of Service: Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) TEMPLATE Stop and rethink when an assessment shows actual or potential unlawful discrimination. Name: Graham Terry Date: 31/03/2015 Page 20 of 20 Agenda Item 10 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date Cabinet 21st April 2015 Report Title Provision of Security and Safety Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply and Installation Services Framework Cabinet Portfolio Councillor Cllr Ali Portfolio Lead Member for Community Safety Report Author/ Contact details Neil Howard CCTV Manager Neighbourhoods and Commissioning Tel: ext. 8010 Email: [email protected] Wards affected All Public Access OPEN except for Appendix 1 which is exempt from publication under Paragraph 3 Schedule 12A Local Government Act 1972, as amended as it contains information relating to the financial or business affairs of the Council or third party contractors and it is not in the public interest to disclose this information at this time. Appendix 1 – Evaluation Table (Exempt) Appendix 2 – Equalities Impact Assessment. Appendix 3 – Evaluation Criteria Appendices 1. 2. SUMMARY 1.1. This report sets out the results of the evaluation of the tenders received for the Provision of Security and Safety Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply & Installation Services Framework agreement. 1.2. The award will allow the lead Authority, Boroughs (Enfield, Security and Safety Installation Service years. the London Borough of Waltham Forest, as along with 3 other participating London Newham and Redbridge) to provide a Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply & for Community Safety purposes for four RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 For the reasons set out in this report Cabinet is requested to agree Page 245 to award the Security and Safety Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply & Installation Services Framework to the value of £50m for a period of 4 years commencing on the 1st July 2015 and expiring on the 30th June 2019 to Openview Security Solutions Limited. 3. PROPOSALS 3.1 A project team chaired by Head of Enforcement conducted a procurement exercise via an OJEU restricted two-stage tender process to enable the Council to select a preferred single provider in accordance with EU Procurement Regulations, UK Public Contract Regulations 2006 (as amended) and the Council’s Contract Procedure Rules for the Provision of Security and Safety Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply & Installation Services Framework Agreement. 3.2 The Framework will cover areas not limited to just CCTV maintenance and equipment purchase but other services such as door entry/access control, building management, ANPR, project management, system design and management of networks. 3.3 The Council has procured as the lead authority along with 3 other participating London Boroughs (Enfield, Newham and Redbridge). The scope of the Framework will allow all London Authorities and Transport for London (Tfl) to access and call-off the services described in 3.2 above up to the capped Framework value of £50m as named in the OJEU notice. 3.4 Following the issue of an OJEU notice, 82 organisations expressed an interest in the Framework opportunity via the www.londontenders.org portal, of which 8 organisations submitted Pre-Qualification Questionnaire (PQQ) submissions with 18 opting out and the remaining 56 providing no response. Following the evaluation of the PQQ submissions the following 6 organisations were invited to tender. Openview Security Solutions Ltd CVSS (DSSL) Ltd Clearview Communications Ltd Dennis Johns Ltd Chroma Vision Ltd Eurovia Infrastructure Ltd 3.5 Of the 6 organisations “Invited to Tender” for the Framework, 3 organisations submitted responses and three opted out, with 2 quoting “cannot supply at this time and 1 stating cannot respond in time. 3.6 The evaluation criteria were based on the following: Page 246 Quality Criteria (30%) Price Criteria (70%) Total 100% 3.7 The tender responses were to be evaluated via a 3 stage process as follows: Stage 1 – Quality The evaluation panel (consisting of members from all 4 participating Authorities) conducting an in-depth Technical / Quality evaluation of the 15 proposals and method statement questions set and allocating marks in accordance with a 0-5 scoring mechanism (see Appendix 1). Those submissions not meeting the set minimum Quality threshold of 19.5% (65% of 30%) then being excluded from the evaluation process after Stage 1. Stage 2 – Price Complete and compliant responses meeting and/or exceeding the set minimum Quality threshold of 19.5% (65% of 30%) then being subject to evaluation of their pricing schedule submissions using the following model to produce an overall financial score: (Lowest Bidders Price / Bidders Price) x % score available (70%) Stage 3 – e-Auction Submissions meeting and/or exceeding the minimum Quality threshold then being invited to a live e-Auction, to reduce the price element of their bid. The tenderer whose final bid was the most economically advantageous in accordance with the above process, would then be recommended for acceptance, subject to due diligence being carried out. 3.8 However. following the evaluation of the tender submissions in accordance with Stage 1 of the process outlined in 3.7 only 1 organisation meet/exceeded the set minimum Quality threshold of 19.5% (65% of 30%), this being Openview Security Solutions Limited. The remaining 2 organisations did not achieve this standard and were therefore excluded from the further evaluation stages. The overall scores obtained are set out in the table below and the detailed scores are shown in Appendix 1. Page 247 Provision of Security and Safety Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply and Installation Services Framework Overall Scoring Summary of Tenders Received Openview Ltd Eurovia Ltd Chroma Vision Quality Weighting Price Weighting Total Score Ranking Sub-weighting 30% 28.64% 15.98% 13.92% 70% 70.00% 0.00%* 0.00%* 98.64% 15.98% 13.92% 1 N/A N/A * In accordance with Section 1 – sections 1.5 and 2.1 of the “Instructions to Tenders” document “any submission that does not PASS a minimum quality threshold of 19.5% (65% of 30%) will be excluded from further participation in the evaluation process. 3.9 As the submission from Openview Security Solutions Limited was the only submission to meet the minimum requirement, they were asked to submit their best and final price based on the entry level for the e-auction as part of post tender clarifications. The prices submitted represent a reduced service cost to the Council but are subject to final contract being awarded. In addition, the contract includes a benchmarking and “Open Book” clause to ensure best value is achieved throughout the contract. 3.10 In summary, Openview Security Solutions recommended for award of contract because: 4 Limited is It passed the quality threshold established. Its proposal to deliver the Safety and Security Framework contract was clear, had well defined and robust systems and processes and met all of the Council’s requirements. Its proposal demonstrated the vast experience of the organisation and had the resources of high level individuals to deliver all the concerned services with a strong focus on delivering to the public sector. Its proposal for pricing represents a reduced service cost for the Council over the term of the Framework. OPTIONS & ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED The following options have been considered: Page 248 5 4.1 Option 1 - Do nothing. Allow the current Contract to expire on the 30th June 2015 and leave the CCTV Public safety service without a maintenance provider. This would lead to waivers having to be sought and rates to be negotiated by Council officers directly with the supplier. However, this would result in a loss of business process efficiency as all requirements would be ordered via special request requisitions. This may lead to an inconsistency of rates. Value for money would not be achieved if this option is adopted, as both internal and external costs would be greater than if a contract was in place for the service. 4.2 Option 2 - Re-Tender the Existing Maintenance Contract. A re-tendering process to replace the current maintenance contracts on expiry can be carried out. However, this option would not gain the internal resource savings or the business process cost efficiencies required by the Council under the Medium Term Financial Strategy. 4.3 Option 3 - Use Framework Agreements already in place set up by Other local authorities. Framework Agreements via the Crown Commercial Services (CCS), Transport for London (Tfl) and the London Borough of Hackney are already in place for the separate supply of CCTV services and equipment. However after extensive research these contracts do not provide the complete scope of the Councils requirements. Framework Contracts for the supply of a combined Safety and Security maintenance service do not exist. The use of these contracts may not gain the internal resource savings or the business process cost efficiencies required by the Council under the Medium Term Financial Strategy. However the option to access these Frameworks still exists if it is deemed that value for money is being achieved. 4.4 Option 4 – the preferred option as outlined in section 3, the creation of a Framework agreement that includes the complete scope of Security and Safety systems goods and services and accessible to all London Boroughs and Transport for London (Tfl). SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) This will fall in line with the Council overall priorities of 5.1 Keep your neighbourhood clean and safe. Page 249 6 7 CONSULTATION 6.1 Consultation with Council staff was not required as no staff are currently directly employed to provide repair and maintenance services as the requirement is currently an outsourced service and therefore there is no direct impact on employed staff. 6.2 Internal consultation via the Strategic Procurement Board and at Portfolio level was conducted and externally with the other 3 Councils involved in the project via their own check points or governance processes. 6.3 This report has been prepared following consultation with Council representatives from Corporate Procurement, Equality and Diversity, Finance and Legal. IMPLICATIONS 7.1 Finance, Value for Money and Risk 7.1.1 The total cost of the proposed Framework with the preferred bidder Openview Security Solutions Limited will vary each year but it is thought to equate to approximately £968k over the term of the 4 year contract. This equates to an annual sum of £242k. The cost will be funded from existing revenue budgets set aside for the services and supported by allocated capital funding when made available. 7.1.2 The expected value of spend by the remaining 3 participating Authorities is estimated to be approximately £1.6m per year (£6.4m over 4 years). 7.1.3 In order to mitigate risk, and in line with current procedure rules, the contract price includes the cost of a performance bond at £4162.50 per annum to cover for 10% of the contract value. 7.1.4 It should be noted that savings are envisaged on this contract in the areas below. 7.1.4.1 Internal efficiency savings will be increased in the areas below: In service project management will be reduced. More emphasises on the contractor to drive projects. Projects delivered quicker and smoother as they are controlled by Openview Security Solutions Limited the preferred bidder from start to finish. Page 250 7.2 7.1.4.2 Savings year on year via the maintenance programme will be increased by £2-3k per year. 7.1.4.3 As the ongoing CCTV camera replacement programme is developed and completed this will considerably reduce the need to repair cameras and therefore also reduce the associated costs. 7.1.4.4 Coupled with the savings on equipment via the “open book” policy the contract will deliver projects quicker and more effectively, giving quantity discounts when Authorities join together for equipment requirements. Additionally where the contractor gets a discount from the manufacturer this discount is passed onto the Council. 7.1.4.5 The 4 Authorities currently looking to call-off from the Framework will be able to shared network resources in planning systems like the wireless and fibre networks. 7.1.4.6 The capability to manage and deliver additional installation projects using the term contractor through a continuous tendering process across all 4 Authorities. 7.1.4.7 The Framework includes a benchmarking clause to ensure best value is achieved throughout the contract. Legal 7.2.1 The Council has power to provide and maintain a CCTV system where it considers this will promote the prevention of crime under s.163 Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994. Such systems must be monitored in a manner which is compatible with the Council’s legal obligations under the Data Protection Act 1998, Freedom of Information Act 2000 and Article 8 of the Human Rights Act 1998 (the right to private life etc.). Such power must be exercised in consultation with the Chief of Police for that area and includes the power to make arrangements for the provision and maintenance of that system. 7.2.2 The tender was advertised in the London Tenders portal and has been procured as a Part A service in accordance with the Public Contracts Regulations 2006 and the Council’s Contract Procedure Rules. The report demonstrates whether the award of the contract achieves best value in the delivery of the service. Page 251 7.3 Equalities and Diversity 7.3.1 There will be an obligation on the Contractor and subcontractors to comply with the Council’s relevant policies and codes of practice in relation to employment and compliance with the Equality Act 2010. The contract will allow officers to monitor and ensure compliance in achieving a high standard of improved service provision also to ensure that the Council’s commitment to diversity is maintained. 7.3.2 An Equality Analysis Screening has been undertaken and is provided in Appendix 2 to this report. The screening determined that there was no potential for negative impact arising as a result of this proposal on any of the protected equality characteristics. 7.4 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 7.4.1 Climate Change Implications The Environmental policies and systems were evaluated during the current tender. This tender award is a collaborative procurement exercise with 3 other London Boroughs so the influence will be to ensure that the company considers the following across all Boroughs: • Journey planning to use less fuel, reduce emissions. • Actively investigates the use of electric and/ or hybrid vehicles for work vehicles. • Ensures that any hoists / Cherry pickers are classified as low emission vehicles. • Recycles and / or reuses any equipment repaired where ever possible. Staff undertaking the CCTV maintenance provision will use a combination of private cars, motorcycles and public transport to travel to work. No hybrid or electric vehicles are currently used for travel to and from work. There is a continued replacement programme to install modern equipment which will use less energy. The existing control room facilities are modern with equipment replacements being undertaken every 3-4 years therefore energy savings are occurring due to more modern, energy efficient equipment being installed. The Council has upgraded the control room equipment and have also moved to a purpose built facility. Page 252 A detailed analysis of energy consumption, travel arrangements, vehicle types, potential car-share options and journeys will be undertaken with Openview Security Solutions Limited prior to award of contract to try to improve on existing arrangements to improve and reduce carbon emissions. 7.4.2 Health The Health and Safety policies of all bidders were considered during the tender process. In addition, there were no direct health impacts on services from this contract Tender. 7.4.3 Crime and Disorder Crime and Disorder across the Borough is a joint Council and Police priority as part of the Crime & Disorder Reduction Partnership (CDRP) and to achieve reductions it is essential that all the resources available must be utilised. CCTV forms a key part of any Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership and the CCTV Operators have a strong working relationship with the boroughs Police and Community Safety services 7.5 Council Infrastructure 7.5.1 There are no human resources or IT issues that will be affected by this contract. The existing contractor’s staff providing the maintenances services are not directly employed by the Council. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) Approval to go to Tender Cabinet report and decision. Page 253 By virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972. Document is Restricted Page 255 GUIDANCE TOOL This Tool assists services in determining whether their plans and decisions will require a full Equalities Analysis. EAs help the Council comply with its duty under s.149 of the Equality Act 2010 to have “due regard” to specified equality matters. They are required in most cases but, in some cases, an EA is not necessary or is only necessary for certain aspects of a decision. Full guidance on the Council’s duties and EAs and the full EA template is available at http://forestnet.lbwf.gov.uk/index/residents-first/equalities/equality-analysis.htm The Council understands that whilst its equalities duty applies to all services, it is going to be more relevant to some decisions than others. We need to be pragmatic and ensure that the detail of Equality Analyses (EAs) are proportionate to the impact of decisions on the equality duty. In some cases a full EA is not necessary and/or the equalities duties do not apply. In other cases, only part of a decision will require an EA to ensure the Council has due regard to its equality duties. The following examples are intended to assist: Where might an EA not be required? In short, wherever a decision has a more than minimal or theoretical adverse or negative impact on those with protected characteristics, for example, if the Council is considering: • Ceasing a service • Reducing a service or reducing it in particular areas, e.g. closing an office in Leyton but not Walthamstow • Changes to the way a service is delivered, e.g. moving to personalisation or moving to online access only • Changes to eligibility criteria, rules or practices for a service • Changes to discretionary fees and charges • Where it can be proven that the decision has no equalities impact– with particular focus on negative impacts on service users and residents • Where it can be proven that the decision has a minimal or theoretical equalities impact (and so does not need to be considered) • Where the decision is mandatory and there is no element of discretion (e.g. to adopt a member’s code of conduct or similar) • In rare cases, where a previous EA exists and a review shows that it is still relevant at the time of the final decision, i.e. the facts have not changed Page 257 Where will a full EA be required? Important: • The EA screening tool should not be used to mask over any equality impacts or as a “get out”. • There can be a negative equality impact even if you think that overall, you are proposing changes that will make services better. If there is an adverse or negative impact, you must complete a full EA. • Negative impacts are often indirect, i.e. a rule that is on its face of universal impact but has greater impact on some groups in practice e.g. due to the ethnic makeup of an area. • In most cases, the screening process requires a degree of collation and analysis of evidence. If this requires a lot of work, consider whether it is actually simpler to omit the screening process and undertake a full EA. • The equality duty continues up to and after the final decision. If proposals or facts change before the final decision, any screening tool will need to be reviewed and evidenced. • Any consultation undertaken should also inform the screening process, e.g. issues raised by those affected. Monitoring should take place after a decision as part of service delivery. • The completed screening template will be attached to Cabinet or other decision making report and so it must include sufficient detail to justify the decision not to carry out a full EA. What to do? The screening process should be used on ALL new proposals, policies, projects, functions, saving proposals, major developments or planning applications, or when revising them, if there is no negative equality impact or there is uncertainty about whether there is a negative equality impact. However, If your proposal is of a significant nature and it is apparent from the outset that a full EA will be required, then you do not need to complete this screening template and can progress directly to a full EA. If a negative/adverse impact has been identified during completion of the screening tool, a full EA MUST be undertaken. If you have not identified any negative/ adverse impacts arising from your proposal you do not need to undertake a full EA. However, make sure you have explained clearly why the proposal does not have any negative/adverse impact. If your proposal is going to Cabinet or Committee (e.g. Planning or Licensing) and you are not undertaking a full EA, you must: a. share your report and completed screening tool with Shahid Mallam, Performance & Improvement Team, who will check and challenge your findings and b. use the following wording under the Equality & Diversity paragraph in the Cabinet report: “An initial screening exercise of the equality impact of this decision was undertaken and determined there was no / minimal impact (delete as appropriate) on the Council’s equality duty.” Attach the completed template as an appendix to your report. Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TOOL GUIDANCE 1. Proposal / Project Title: Provision of Security and Safety Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply and Installation Services Framework 2. Brief summary of the above: (include main aims, proposed outcomes, recommendations / decisions The aim of the tender is to look for a sole supplier contractor that can supply a maintenance, project and replacement service to Waltham forest and to 3 other Authorities in the form of a 4 year frame work. The report to be submitted to Cabinet with ask for permission to go to tender as the current contract will expire in March 2015. 3. Considering the equality aims (eliminate unlawful discrimination; advance equality of opportunity; foster good relations) indicate for each protected group whether there may be a positive impact, negative (adverse) impact, or no impact arising from the proposal. 4. Protected 4 Characteristic (Equality Group) . Page 258 Positive Impact Negative Impact No Impact Age x ☒ ☒ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough, as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies. Disability x ☐ ☐ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies. Pregnancy and Maternity x ☐ ☐ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough, as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies Race x ☐ ☐ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough, as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies Religion or Belief x ☐ ☐ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough, as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies Sex (Including Gender Re-assignment) x ☐ ☐ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough, as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies Sexual Orientation x ☐ ☐ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough, as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies Marriage and Civil Partnership x ☐ ☐ This project will help to protect residents and visitors to the Borough, as this will help to reduce crime in the Borough in partnership with the Police and other agencies ☒ Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TEMPLATE Briefly explain your answer. Consider evidence, data and any consultation. http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/Pages/Services/Statistics-economic-information-and-analysis.aspx) This project is purely a service contract to ensure that the equipment used to reduce crime is kept in full operation condition. Thus 5. There 5 are no negative/adverse impact(s) If. you have not identified any negative/adverse ensuring a safer place to work, live and visit. impacts please briefly explain your answer, providing evidence to support decision. 6. Describe how opportunities to advance equality and foster good relations for any of the protected characteristics has been taken up (where relevant). 7. As 6 a result of this screening is a full EA . necessary (Please check ☒ appropriate box) 8. Name 7 of Lead Officer: Neil Howard. The Procurement exercise will include and take into account the Councils Community Benefits template to help with the involvement of local needs, employment opportunities. This will not be just across one Borough but with 3 other neighbouring Local Authorities. Yes No ☐ x Briefly explain your answer. This contract will not have an effect on any group, as the cameras projects will help to reduce crime in partnership with Police and agencies . Help to meet the councils aims and priorities of protecting the vulnerable and making Waltham forest a safer place to live. Job title: CCTV Manager Signed off by Head of Service: Page 259 Waltham Forest Council EQUALITY ANALYSIS (EA) SCREENING TEMPLATE Name: Karen Naylor Date screening tool completed: March 2015 Date: 30/03/15 Appendix 3 – Evaluation Criteria Quality Assessment via On-line Tenderers Proposals and Method Statements (100% sub-weighting) The Proposals and Method Statement submissions were assessed and scored via 15 Statements, as outlined below Ref 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.2 2.2.1 2.3 2.3.1 2.4 Criteria Sub Total Weighting Weighting Project management strategy to enable the provision of new CCTV system installation services to the 4 (four) named Authority’s simultaneously Please describe in full detail the Project Engineer(s) resources available to your organisation to ensure delivery of new CCTV system installation services to the 4 (four) named Authority’s simultaneously Please describe in full detail the Project Manager(s) resources available to your organisation to ensure delivery of new CCTV system installation services to the 4 (four) named Authority’s simultaneously. Please describe in full detail the Specialist/Network Engineer(s) resources available to your organisation to ensure delivery of new CCTV system installation services to the 4 (four) named Authority’s simultaneously Please describe in full detail the Engineer(s) and Assistant(s) resources available to your organisation to ensure delivery of new CCTV system installation services to the 4 (four) named Authority’s simultaneously 15% 25% 25% 25% 25% Installation methodology applied to enable the design, install and delivery of a RE-DEPLOYABLE camera network/system to an existing layer3 network As an increasing number of Authority's migrate to a more mobile CCTV solution on their layer3 network, please describe in full detail what considerations and options are required to design, install and deliver a RE-DEPLOYABLE camera network/system to be expanded on an existing layer3 network for digital PTZ cameras 15% 100% Performance management approach to supervise, monitor and measure the standard of performance and quality being provided by third party contractors to the 4 (four) named Authority’s simultaneously Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations methodology to supervise, monitor and measure the standard of third party contractors work performance and quality and how this will be resourced and documented to the 4 (four) named Authority’s simultaneously Project management methodology and strategy for the Page 261 15% 100% 10% provision of a security system capital project as per the following scenario: Under a capital project the Authority requires the installation of six PTZ cameras along an urban highway environment covering a length of 800m. The highway has double yellow lines, one pedestrian crossing approximately half way down the length of the road and street lighting that is very good. Wireless transmission to the control room, which is 2.5km from the project site is required however there is no direct line of sight between the two points but a tall civic building 1.5km from the highway exists that does have direct line of sight to the control room 2.4.1 Please describe in full detail with supporting exemplified evidence, your organisations approach to project managing this type of typical CCTV installation requirement to a customer via a gantt chart/prince2 method ensuring that you demonstrate how the project will be delivered on time, issues to be considered, handover procedures and the resources required to control the process from inception, design and build, testing, commissioning and final delivery to the client 2.5 Project management approach to enable the delivery of a grade 3 (BS-8418) monitored alarm systems to a client 2.5.1 Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations approach to deliver a grade 3 (BS-8418) monitored alarm systems to a customer, from inception, design and build, testing, commissioning and final handover to the client 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.6.3 2.7 2.7.1 100% 5% 100% Organisational and administrative approach to enable the delivery of the required door entry and access control system service Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations methodology to ensure that the highest standard of service delivery is provided following a service call request from a client Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations methodology to ensure that the latest technological advances in the door entry and access control system industry are incorporated into the clients existing assets Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations methodology to ensure that your client is kept fully informed of door entry and access control systems performance and day to day issues 5% 40% 40% 20% Project management approach to enable the delivery of a compliant NAS4 ANPR system to the Metropolitan Police by the BOF2 to a client Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations approach to deliver a compliant NAS4 ANPR system connected to the Metropolitan Police by the BOF2 to a client, including your methodology to comply with obligatory requirements Page 262 5% 100% 2.8 Organisational and administrative approach for the provision and maintenance and approval from the Vehicle Certification Agency (VCA) of the CCTV Technical Construction File (TCF) where CCTV is utilised for Civil Traffic Enforcement in accordance with the Transport Act 2000 and the Traffic Management Act 2004 2.8.1 Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations methodology to ensure full CCTV systems TCF (Technical Construction File) compliance and approved devices certification requirements at all times (including installation, maintenance and upgrade) under the appropriate legislation of the Transport Act 2000 and the Traffic Management Act 2004 2.9 Organisational approach to managing and monitoring a layer3 network 2.9.1 Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations methodology to manage and monitor a layer3 network and how you would design, expand and build-in resilience to the network 2.10 5% 100% 15% 100% Administrative approach to enable the timely delivery of multiple project quotes to clients 2.10.1 Please describe in full detail with supporting evidence, your organisations methodology to enable the timely delivery of multiple project quotes (design, supply and installation) from several Authority's simultaneously, ensuring that you specify response time and the material content of the quote 10% 100% The following table of scoring was applied for the evaluation exercise: Score 5 4 3 2 1 0 Score Comment Excellent Response Score Rationale Proposal meets the required standard in all material respects and exceeds some or all of the major requirements. Good Response Proposal meets the required standard in all material respects. Acceptable Response Proposal meets the required standard in most material respects, but is lacking or inconsistent in others. Unsatisfactory Proposal falls short of achieving expected Response standard in a number of identifiable respects. Unacceptable Proposal significantly fails to meet the standards Response required, contains significant shortcomings and/or is inconsistent with other proposals. Non-compliant Completely fails to meet required standard or Response does not provide a proposal. Evaluation Results Page 263 The table below shows the results of the evaluation process of the Pricing and the Quality percentages. Provision of Security and Safety Systems Repairs, Maintenance, Supply and Installation Services Framework Overall Scoring Summary of Tenders Received Openview Ltd Eurovia Ltd Chroma Vision Quality Weighting Price Weighting Total Score Ranking Sub-weighting 30% 28.64% 15.98% 13.92% 70% 70.00% 0.00%* 0.00%* 98.64% 15.98% 13.92% 1 N/A N/A * In accordance with Section 1 – sections 1.5 and 2.1 of the “Instructions to Tenders” document “any submission that does not PASS a minimum quality threshold of 19.5% (65% of 30%) will be excluded from further participation in the evaluation process. Page 264 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date Cabinet 24 June 2014 Report Title Approval to Tender for a CCTV Maintenance and Replacement Contract for Community Safety Purposes in partnership with 3 other Boroughs Cabinet Portfolio Cllr Liaquat Ali Signature Portfolio Holder, Community Safety and Cohesion Report Author/ Contact details Gareth Jones – Head of Enforcement Environment & Regeneration 020 8496 6862 Wards affected All wards Public Access Open Appendices Appendix A: Equalities Impact Assessment 1. SUMMARY 1.1 This report requests Cabinet to approve the tender for a CCTV Maintenance and Replacement contract in the London Borough of Waltham Forest in partnership with the London Boroughs of Newham, Enfield and Redbridge. 1.2 The tender will allow the London Boroughs of Waltham Forest, Newham, Enfield and Redbridge to provide CCTV reactive and planned maintenance services for Public Space Community Safety and traffic enforcement purposes for a 4 year period. 1.3 This will also allow the above named boroughs the ability to use the contract to deliver CCTV projects for the future and any replacement programmes on any end of life equipment. 1.4 There will be a requirement within the tender for door access, alarm monitoring systems and transmission needs including both wireless and fibre capability. 1.5 The final stage of the tender process will be completed by E- auction. Page 265 2. 2.1 RECOMMENDATIONS For the reasons set out in the report, Cabinet is recommended to: 2.1.1 Agree to the tendering of a CCTV Maintenance and Replacement contract for the CCTV Public Safety Service, in partnership with the London Boroughs of Newham, Enfield and Redbridge. 3. BACKGROUND 3.1 The existing CCTV maintenance contract in the London Borough of Waltham Forest is currently operated by CVSS Ltd and will expire on the 10th March 2015, following a previous tender in 2013. Newham Council are currently not in a contract and Enfield’s contract will expire in March 2015. Redbridge Council’s contract will be ending in March 2015 however they do have an option to extend for a further 1 year. 3.2 The new contract will also enable the feasibility and possible implementation of partnering arrangements with other councils to provide shared CCTV maintenance services during the life of the contract. 3.3 All the London Boroughs have been notified of the tender and invited to join the process through the London Managers CCTV group. 4. PROPOSALS 4.1 To agree to tender a new CCTV maintenance services contract to commence on 1st April 2015, for a period of four years. 4.2 A project team chaired by the Head of Enforcement has been established to oversee the tender process. 4.3 This proposal has been presented to the SPB (Strategic Procurement Board on the Friday 7th February 2014 and the SPB recommended that the inclusion of all 33 London Boroughs and TFL in the OJEU Notice advertising the tender process. 5. OPTIONS AND ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 5.1 An in-house option was considered however this is proved to be impractical and the associated costs were prohibitive. 5.2 Partnerships/ collaborations with other councils have proven to be of value for money. 5.3 The TFL framework contract introduced in 2013, only covers equipment purchase and does not have a maintenance section within it. This will therefore not be suitable for this tender; however some elements of the framework will help the Council to deliver efficiencies on equipment purchase only. Page 266 5.4 Other Frameworks – Eastern Shires Purchasing Organisation (ESPO) – It is not possible to use this framework as the geographical coverage of the contract does not include the London/South East region. 6. SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) 6.1 This request to Cabinet underpins the following Council l priorities: • Value for Money • Making our community a safer place 7. 7.1 CONSULTATION There has been consultation through the CCTV Steering Group which includes the Police and other stakeholders and the Strategic Procurement Board. 7.2 8. 8.1 IMPLICATIONS Finance, Value for Money and Risk 8.1.1 Based on a contract length of 4 years, the contract value is expected to be approximately £7.368m. 8.1.2 Projected spend estimate from all concerned is as follows. a. b. c. d. LB Waltham Forest – LB Newham – LB Enfield – LB Redbridge Total Contract Value - £968,000.00 £1,700,000.00 £3,000,000.00 £ 1,700,000.00 £7,368,000.00 8.1.3 This will be financed from existing revenue budgets from within the council, capital budgets already assigned to CCTV and from other departments or partners delivering projects or regeneration. Evaluation of bids will include an assessment of the Value for Money provided by each bid. 8.1.4 On the 10 Sept 2014 the current contract will expire with the current incumbent, CVSS, although there is an extension option available to the council of 6 months, until 10th March 2015, which will be implemented. If required a waiver will be sought to authorise the use of the current contract until the 31 March 2015. 8.1.5 Currently, Parking Services are linked to the CCTV infrastructure and use the cameras for traffic management. Any failure could impact on this service. 8.1.6 There is a risk that the tendering exercise attracts no bids, however, this is mitigated by the fact that there are a large number of suppliers for the services being requested. Page 267 8.2 Legal 8.2.1 The Council has power to provide and maintain a CCTV system where it considers this will promote the prevention of crime under s.163 Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994. Such systems must be monitored in a manner which is compatible with the Council’s legal obligations under the Data Protection Act 1998, Freedom of Information Act 2000 and Article 8 of the Human Rights Act 1998 (the right to private life etc.). The power under s163 must be exercised in consultation with the Chief of Police for that area and includes the power to make arrangements for the provision and maintenance of that system 8.2.2 Use of public space CCTV for the purpose of covert surveillance of individuals otherwise than as an immediate response to events will usually require authorisation under the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000 (as amended by the Protection of Freedoms Act 2011) (“RIPA”). The Council has procedures in place to ensure that such usage is properly authorised. 8.2.3 The Service to be provided is a Part A service under the Public Contracts Regulations 2006 (as amended) which means that the full regime under those regulations have to be applied to the tendering process as the contract sum will be over the threshold for services. By including reference to the other authorities in the OJEU notice they will be able to join in purchasing of the services. 8.2.4 The Council must also comply with its Contracts Procedure Rules set out in Part 8 of its Constitution. These require that any contract valued at over £500,000 must have a business case approved by the Strategic Procurement Board prior to tender and that such a contract is competitively tendered. 8.2.5 Any decision both to start the process and thereafter make the award will be a Key Decision under the Council’s Constitution 8.3 Equalities and Diversity 8.3.1 There will be an obligation on the Contractor and subcontractors to provide relevant policies and codes of practice in relation to employment and equal opportunities. 8.3.2 An Equalities Impact Assessment is not required as there is no alteration to services being offered and no negative impact on any groups. 8.4 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) Page 268 Climate Change Implications 8.4.1 The environmental policies and systems will be evaluated as part of the tendering process. 8.4.2 Staff undertaking the CCTV maintenance provision currently uses a combination of private cars, motorcycles and public transport to travel to work. No hybrid or electric vehicles are currently used for travel to and from work. 8.4.3 The existing control room facilities are modern with equipment replacements being undertaken every 3-4 years therefore energy savings are occurring due to more modern, energy efficient equipment being installed. 8.4.4 The Council has just upgraded the control room equipment and have also moved to a purpose built facility. 8.4.5 The council is also in the second year of a camera replacement programme to change out, “out of life” cameras. 8.4.6 A detailed analysis of energy consumption, travel arrangements, vehicle types, potential car-share options and journeys will be undertaken with the service provider prior to award of contract to try to improve on existing arrangements to improve and reduce carbon emissions 8.4.7 The staff in the control room will not be moving from the designated work place once they have started their duty in the control room. 8.4.8 The staff operating the contract for maintenance and project delivery will use vehicles to visit sites and projects but as the system modernises, visits will become less frequent. Health 8.4.9 The Health and Safety policies of any bidders will be considered during the tendering process 8.4.10 The contract will need to display a high level of Health and Safety to a level of industry NICOSS Gold standard. Crime and Disorder 8.4.11 Crime and Disorder across the Borough is a joint council and police priority and to achieve reductions it is essential that all the resources available must be utilised. CCTV forms a key part of any Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership and the CCTV Operators have a strong working relationship with the boroughs police service. 8.4.12 To ensure delivery of the above statement a system and its equipment must be maintained to a high degree of sustainability and reliability. Page 269 8.5 Council Infrastructure 8.5.1 There are no council infrastructure issues associated with this report. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) None Page 270 Agenda Item 11 LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST Meeting / Date Cabinet 21 April 2015 Report Title FINANCIAL MONITORING: MONTH 11 (FEBRUARY) Cabinet Portfolio Councillor Chris Robbins Leader of the Council Report Author/ Contact details Lin Burton, Head of Financial Planning Finance Department 020 8496 4392 [email protected] Wards affected None specifically Public Access OPEN Appendices A - Savings agreed for 2014/15 1. SUMMARY This report presents the forecast year-end position in respect of the Council’s Revenue expenditure. At this stage, the projection for revenue is an underspend of £801,000. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS 2.1 Cabinet is recommended to: 2.1.1 Note the revenue financial position at month 11. 3. 3.1 PROPOSALS Overall Position A summary of the projected revenue outturn position for 2014/15 is shown below. The projection is an overall underspend of £801,000. Families are forecast to underspend by £348,000. Education Improvement is forecast to underspend by £1.116 million, largely due to the early achievement of 2015/16 savings. This is offset by a forecast overspend of £768,000 within Children and Families comprising an excess of agency costs over establishment of £614,300 and unfunded posts of £912,000, mitigated by management actions. There is a risk of overspending in the Neighbourhoods directorate of £253,000 due to a shortfall in parking income, and within Growth and Regeneration of £975,000 due to increased demand within the Homelessness division, shortfalls in solar panel income and commercial rent income. These will be managed from service or corporate budgets. Operations are forecasting a net £111,000 underspend due to vacancies in Employee Relations and Performance along with overachievement of income Page 271 in Governance, offset by underachievement of income in Libraries and Registrars. Finance is forecast to underspend by £342,000 largely due to vacancies. *Net Budget Gross Year end Forecast £’000 Use of reserves Mgt Action Corporate Funding £’000 £’000 £’000 0 0 0 0 0 0 4,002 10 0 (10) 0 0 150,677 2,431 (85) (2,694) 0 (348) 6,888 (342) 0 0 0 (342) Growth & Regeneration 12,549 975 0 (975) 0 Neighbourhoods 34,744 253 0 (253) 0 0 5,468 0 (111) 2,718 0 (2,718) 0 0 0 0 (111) 0 70 0 0 0 0 0 214,397 5,934 (2,803) (2,957) (975) (801) 7,412 0 0 0 0 0 221,809 5,934 (2,803) (2,957) (975) (801) 202 (664) 0 0 0 (664) £’000 Chief Executive Culture & Communities Families ** Finance Operations Service Design Sub-total Corporate (service) SERVICE TOTAL HRA Net year end Forecast £’000 All support services shown net of recharges to frontline services ** 3.2 Families Budget shown net of Public Health grant There are planned savings of £10.713 million to be delivered in 2014/15. Of these, two items totalling £325,000 are risk rated red. These are included in the forecasts for Families (Adults) and Neighbourhoods. In total there are five amber-rated items totalling £329,000. It is assumed that these savings can be contained within overall budgets in 2014/15. An analysis of savings is provided at Appendix A. Families Directorate 3.3 The Children and Families division is projected to overspend by £768,000 which is an improvement of £307,000 from last month. The pressures are twofold: the excess of agency costs over establishment of £614,300 (projected as £850,000 in month 10) and unfunded posts of £912,000 (£947,000 in month 10), mitigated by keeping posts vacant in LAC Team 1 and other management action. The division is planning to secure a permanent workforce structure through the Redefining Families programme. The Placements budget is projected to underspend by £100,000 net of the Staying Put grant of £50,000; a one-off overpayment recovery of £70,000 and using £85,000 held in reserves for secure accommodation costs. Page 272 Net Budget £’000 Gross Year end Forecast £’000 Use of balance Mgt Action £’000 £’000 Net year end Forecast £’000 Children & Families +DCE 37,369 2,176 (85) (1,323) 768 Education Improvement 14,333 694 0 (1,810) (1,116) Schools Support 14,699 0 0 0 0 4,467 61 0 (61) 0 Adult Social Care 73,012 247 0 0 247 Strategic Comm. 6,803 (247) 0 0 (247) Public Health* 12,272 (500) 0 500 0 Families Total 162,953 2,431 (85) (2,694) (348) Stronger Families, Safer Communities * Budget for Public Health is shown gross of specific grant 3.4 The Education Improvement division is projected to underspend by £1.116 million, an increase of £263,000 from month 10. The main changes are an underspend on home to school transport of £25,000, an improvement of £112,000 from month 10, and further savings on Education Improvement of £82,000. The balance of the underspend derives from the early achievement of 2015/16 savings of £813,000 by attributing costs to the DSG. There are overspends in various services totalling £576,000, including shortfalls in income of £360,000, but these have been offset by management action. 3.5 The Stronger Families, Safer Communities division is projected to spend to budget. There are base budget pressures of £340,000, of which £265,000 are savings re-profiled into 2015/16. The remaining base budget pressures have been covered by grants. 3.6 There is a Cross-Directorate saving target of £200,000 for 2014/15 from the redesign of 0-25 Inclusion Services in light of the Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) reforms. This saving is part of Phase 2 of the Redefining Families programme and has been re-profiled to 2015-16. Corporate support of £1.043 million has been identified for overspends in Asylum Services of £89,000 and No Recourse to Public Funds of £954,000, but this could be reduced by the overall underspend. 3.7 Adult Social Care is forecast to overspend by £247,000. There has been an improvement in underlying pressures, due in part to re-alignment of budgets and expenditure across the services and an increase in care packages that have been agreed for continuing health care funding. The main highlights are: In year staffing overspend across Adult Social Care of £500,000. This is due to care management issues in Provision & Independence and the overall effect of implementation of the Customer Journey. Community Equipment has a net forecast overspend of £100,000. This includes pressures on Equipment budgets (Simple and Complex aids to daily living and Minor Adaptations) after allowing for the increased contribution of £200,000 from the Clinical Commissioning Group. Page 273 3.8 Disabilities Transitions is forecasting an overspend of £210,000, due to a combination of increase in number and cost of placements. This cost pressure has reduced due to an increase in the number of placements agreed for continuing health care funding. The base and in year budget pressures are mitigated by various management recovery action across the service. The main mitigations include: Additional one- off recovery of Direct Payments monies (£450,000) Miscellaneous one- off underspends across Adult Social Care (£ 350,000). 3.9 Strategic Commissioning is projecting an underspend of £247,000. This is due to the early achievement of Redefining Waltham Forest savings. This underspend will be utilised to fund overspends in Adult Social Care as per the agreed Management Action. 3.10 Public Health is projecting to underspend by £500,000. The underspend will be ring- fenced for public health activities as per the grant conditions. Operations 3.13 The forecast position for Operations is an underspend of £111,000, a reduction of £94,000 in the forecast underspend reported at month 10. The major areas of underspend are within Employee Relations and Policy which is forecast to underspend by £157,000 due to vacant posts and Governance which is forecast to underspend by £170,000 due to vacant posts and income over-achievement. This is offset by a forecast overspend of £118,000 in Customer and Business Operations which is due to income pressures in libraries and registrars. Future Council (Redefining Waltham Forest) 3.14 Redefining Waltham Forest is forecasting to spend £2.718 million in 2014/15 which will be funded from the Budget Strategy Reserve. There are further resources of £318,000, relating to staff working on RWF, which are within service budgets. Chief Executive 3.15 The Chief Executive’s department is forecast to spend to budget. Corporate Services 3.16 Corporate items, which includes redundancy costs, Members’ allowances and non-distributable costs, are expected to spend to budget. Finance Department 3.17 The Finance department is forecast to underspend by £342,000. Vacancies account for £134,000, and £156,000 can be attributed to the restructure within audit. Culture & Communities 3.18 Culture & Communities is projecting an overall overspend of £10,000, an improvement of £3,000 from month 10. Management action will eliminate this overspend by the end of the year. Page 274 Neighbourhoods 3.19 The Neighbourhoods Service is forecast to overspend by £253,000 at month 11. The most significant movements since last month relate to an improved income positions in parking and cemeteries. As a result some highways expenditure which had been held back has been released, partially offsetting the saving. In view of the volatility of the forecast a £225,000 saving within Parking continues to be rated Red. Service Design 3.20 Service Design encompasses the Director of Service design cost centre and the Corporate Procurement team. Strategic Commissioning staff will be reported within Families until the end of this financial year. These are forecast to spend to budget. Growth and Regeneration 3.21 Growth and Regeneration is forecasting to overspend by £975,000 at month 11. Previously it was forecast to overspend by £1,004,000. Executive Director and Resources Regeneration & Growth Investment & Delivery Asset Management & Delivery Housing General Fund TOTAL 3.22 Net Budget Gross forecast variance £’000 £’000 0 4,792 3,380 (688) 5,401 10 0 0 124 841 12,885 975 The Housing overspend is due to the increased demand in Homelessness and a shortfall in solar panel income of £100,000. The overspend in Asset Management and Delivery relates to a forecast shortfall in Commercial Rent income. HRA 3.23 At month 11 the HRA is forecasting an underspend of £664,000. The main reasons are increased income of £141,000 from Right to Buy lease-holders, £74,000 in welfare reform and, with rent collections rates remaining high, the initial estimated contribution to the bad debt provision will reduce by £349,000. 4. OPTIONS & ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 4.1 Much of this report is concerned with provision of information, for which alternative options is not a relevant consideration. 5. SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY STRATEGY PRIORITIES (AND OTHER NATIONAL OR LOCAL POLICIES OR STRATEGIES) 5.1 The entire content of this report contributes to the corporate priority to Achieve Excellence and Ensure Value for Money. Page 275 6. CONSULTATION 6.1 Executive Directors have consulted with Portfolio Holders and the Director of Finance has consulted with Directorate Heads of Finance in preparing this report. 7. IMPLICATIONS 7.1 Finance, Value for Money and Risk 7.1.1 The whole report is of a financial nature. The key purpose of the report is to monitor the implementation of the MTFS. The revenue budget continues to be managed within the original budget and the revised MTFS approved in September. To maintain the robustness of the Council’s finances and budget plans, effective budgetary control by services will continue to be essential and will help the Council to maximise the resources available to meet its priorities. 7.2 Legal 7.2.1 There are no direct legal implications. 7.3 Equalities and Diversity 7.3.1 An initial equality analysis was undertaken and it determined there was no negative impact arising from the information or changes proposed in this report on the advancement of equality. The budget pressures in Children’s Placements and the support of asylum seekers are areas that continue to contribute to the Council’s commitment to protecting the most vulnerable and help meet the equality duty. 7.4 Sustainability (including climate change, health, crime and disorder) 7.4.1 A stable financial position means that the Council is more able to fund urgent health priorities as they arise. Services to older people experienced pressures and needed careful management. 7.5 Council Infrastructure (e.g. Human Resources, Accommodation or IT issues) 7.5.1 There are no direct council infrastructure implications. BACKGROUND INFORMATION (as defined by Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985) Page 276 Revenue Savings - Reprofiled Ref No Savings Savings Brought Forward £ 2014/15 £ Service Area Description Projected year end Reprofiled to £ 2015/16 £ Traffic light Comments on Savings at risk Families - Childrens Inclusion - Service Redesign (0-25 Service) 0 200,000 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy. £200K at risk in 2014-15. Forms part of Phase 2 of Redefining Families. Will be delivered in 201516. Re-profiling requested. 0 SFSC Early Help 0 134,500 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy: Full Year effect of £134.5K re-profiled into 2015-16 7,500 0 SFSC Commissioning Efficiencies 0 7,500 60,000 0 SFSC Cost transfer to HRA 0 60,000 0 Subtotal - savings brought forward 0 402,000 ICT systems review 0 50,000 Re-profiled to 2015/16 Line by Line review of non-staffing budget 0 13,000 Re-profiled to 2015/16 Subtotal - 2014/15 savings Total Saving 0 0 63,000 465,000 D16 200,000 0 D20 134,500 ALT 13 ALT 9 (alt 2) 402,000 C68 C70 Page 277 0 402,000 Education Improvement Troubled 50,000 Families Troubled 13,000 Families 63,000 63,000 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy: Partyear effect only. £7.5K re-profiled to 2015/16 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy £60k at risk, now re-profiled to 2015/16 Corporate Projects CEO1 8 CEO1 9 476,000 0 One Contact Phase 2 of the One Contact 0 476,000 Implementation delayed. Re-profiled to 2015/16. 350,000 0 One SAP Renewal of SAP 0 350,000 Implementation delayed. Re-profiled to 2015/16. 826,000 0 Total Saving 0 826,000 1,228,000 63,000 TOTAL 0 1,291,000 Revenue Savings - Red and Amber only Ref No Savings Savings Brought Forward £ 2014/15 £ Service Area Description Projected year end Savings at risk £ £ Traffic light Comments on Savings at risk Amber Links with A48 Red £38,000 achieved - remainder being validated Amber Links to A33 Amber Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy, should be covered in-year within Families Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy, should be covered in-year within Families Families - Adults A33 50,000 Equipment Review the provision of community equipment. ASC Expansion of in- Increase use of the reablement service, extending the service to all client who will 100,000 house benefit from rehabilitation in the community. reablement A47 A48 80,000 ASC - Telecare Efficient use of technology to help manage risk in all appropriate care provision. 230,000 Total Saving 50,000 0 100,000 80,000 130,000 100,000 Families - Childrens ALT 15 ALT 16 80,000 55,000 135,000 Page 279 C63 Strategic Complex Cases Commissioning Strategic Health Protocol Commissioning 0 Subtotal - savings brought forward 64,000 0 135,000 CYPS - Children Income at Leyton Green Road & Families 64,000 64,000 80,000 Amber 55,000 135,000 0 Amber 64,000 64,000 199,000 0 0 Market Testing the Parking Back Office Function 0 225,000 Total Saving 0 225,000 329,000 325,000 Subtotal - 2014/15 savings Total Saving Keep AMBER: £24K income achieved in 201415, but not sustainable as base budget reduction until outcome of wider LGR project known Neighbourhoods E91 225,000 225,000 E&R - Public Realm TOTAL Red Saving applied to income, which is currently forecasting a shortfall Revenue Savings - Reprofiled Ref No Savings Savings Brought Forward £ 2014/15 £ Service Area Description Projected year end Reprofiled to £ 2015/16 £ Traffic light Comments on Savings at risk Families - Childrens Inclusion - Service Redesign (0-25 Service) 0 200,000 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy. £200K at risk in 2014-15. Forms part of Phase 2 of Redefining Families. Will be delivered in 201516. Re-profiling requested. 0 SFSC Early Help 0 134,500 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy: Full Year effect of £134.5K re-profiled into 2015-16 7,500 0 SFSC Commissioning Efficiencies 0 7,500 60,000 0 SFSC Cost transfer to HRA 0 60,000 0 Subtotal - savings brought forward 0 402,000 ICT systems review 0 50,000 Re-profiled to 2015/16 Line by Line review of non-staffing budget 0 13,000 Re-profiled to 2015/16 Subtotal - 2014/15 savings Total Saving 0 0 63,000 465,000 D16 200,000 0 D20 134,500 ALT 13 ALT 9 (alt 2) 402,000 C68 C70 Page 281 0 402,000 Education Improvement Troubled 50,000 Families Troubled 13,000 Families 63,000 63,000 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy: Partyear effect only. £7.5K re-profiled to 2015/16 Contributes to C5, C6 & EIG exit strategy £60k at risk, now re-profiled to 2015/16 Corporate Projects CEO1 8 CEO1 9 476,000 0 One Contact Phase 2 of the One Contact 0 476,000 Implementation delayed. Re-profiled to 2015/16. 350,000 0 One SAP Renewal of SAP 0 350,000 Implementation delayed. Re-profiled to 2015/16. 826,000 0 Total Saving 0 826,000 1,228,000 63,000 TOTAL 0 1,291,000
© Copyright 2024